put the 0.16.1 code from gettext back

git-svn-id: svn://svn.lyx.org/lyx/lyx-devel/trunk@25208 a592a061-630c-0410-9148-cb99ea01b6c8

autogen.sh

@@ -50,15 +50,6 @@ esac
 # automake will stop if their contents was created by an earlier version.
 rm -rf autom4te.cache
 
-# Update the gettext files
-echo "Copying gettext code... "
-if ( autopoint --version ) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-	autopoint --force >/dev/null
-else
-	echo "autopoint not found -- aborting"
-	exit 1
-fi
-
 # Generate the Makefiles and configure files
 echo "Building macros..."
 if ( $ACLOCAL --version ) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then

config/config.rpath

@@ -0,0 +1,614 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
+# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
+#
+#   Copyright 1996-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
+#   Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
+#
+#   This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
+#   unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
+#   modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
+# should be set by the caller.
+#
+# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
+
+# Known limitations:
+# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
+#   than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
+#   known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
+#   directory and/or the installation directory.
+
+# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
+# which needs '.lib').
+libext=a
+shrext=.so
+
+host="$1"
+host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
+host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
+
+for cc_temp in $CC""; do
+  case $cc_temp in
+    compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
+    distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
+    \-*) ;;
+    *) break;;
+  esac
+done
+cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_COMPILER_PIC.
+
+wl=
+if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+  wl='-Wl,'
+else
+  case "$host_os" in
+    aix*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    darwin*)
+      case $cc_basename in
+        xlc*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    mingw* | pw32* | os2*)
+      ;;
+    hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    newsos6)
+      ;;
+    linux*)
+      case $cc_basename in
+        icc* | ecc*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        ccc*)
+          wl='-Wl,'
+          ;;
+        como)
+          wl='-lopt='
+          ;;
+        *)
+          case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
+            *Sun\ C*)
+              wl='-Wl,'
+              ;;
+          esac
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    sco3.2v5*)
+      ;;
+    solaris*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    sunos4*)
+      wl='-Qoption ld '
+      ;;
+    sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3* | sysv5*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      ;;
+    unicos*)
+      wl='-Wl,'
+      ;;
+    uts4*)
+      ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_PROG_LD_SHLIBS.
+
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+hardcode_libdir_separator=
+hardcode_direct=no
+hardcode_minus_L=no
+
+case "$host_os" in
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    # FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
+    # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+    # Microsoft Visual C++.
+    if test "$GCC" != yes; then
+      with_gnu_ld=no
+    fi
+    ;;
+  interix*)
+    # we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
+    with_gnu_ld=yes
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    with_gnu_ld=no
+    ;;
+esac
+
+ld_shlibs=yes
+if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
+  # Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
+  # are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
+  # here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
+  # Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
+  # option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+  case "$host_os" in
+    aix3* | aix4* | aix5*)
+      # On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
+      if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    amigaos*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      # Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
+      # that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
+      # to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
+      # with the same dynamic library.  Since this doesn't match the
+      # behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
+      # them.
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    beos*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    interix3*)
+      hardcode_direct=no
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+      ;;
+    linux*)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    netbsd*)
+      ;;
+    solaris*)
+      if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
+      case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
+        *\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
+          ld_shlibs=no
+          ;;
+        *)
+          if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
+          else
+            ld_shlibs=no
+          fi
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    sunos4*)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    *)
+      if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
+        :
+      else
+        ld_shlibs=no
+      fi
+      ;;
+  esac
+  if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
+    hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
+  fi
+else
+  case "$host_os" in
+    aix3*)
+      # Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
+      # are no directories specified by -L.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+        # Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
+        # broken collect2.
+        hardcode_direct=unsupported
+      fi
+      ;;
+    aix4* | aix5*)
+      if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+        # On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
+        # have to do anything special.
+        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+      else
+        aix_use_runtimelinking=no
+        # Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
+        # AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
+        # need to do runtime linking.
+        case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix5*)
+          for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
+            if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
+              aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
+              break
+            fi
+          done
+          ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+        case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
+          collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
+          if test -f "$collect2name" && \
+            strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
+          then
+            # We have reworked collect2
+            hardcode_direct=yes
+          else
+            # We have old collect2
+            hardcode_direct=unsupported
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+            hardcode_libdir_separator=
+          fi
+          ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      # Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+      echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
+      ${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
+      aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+        aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0  *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
+}'`
+      fi
+      if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
+        aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
+      fi
+      rm -f conftest.c conftest
+      # End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
+      if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+      else
+        if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
+          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
+        else
+          hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
+        fi
+      fi
+      ;;
+    amigaos*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      # see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    bsdi[45]*)
+      ;;
+    cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+      # When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
+      # Microsoft Visual C++.
+      # hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
+      # no search path for DLLs.
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
+      libext=lib
+      ;;
+    darwin* | rhapsody*)
+      hardcode_direct=no
+      if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
+        :
+      else
+        case $cc_basename in
+          xlc*)
+            ;;
+          *)
+            ld_shlibs=no
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    dgux*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      ;;
+    freebsd1*)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+    freebsd2.2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    freebsd2*)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    freebsd* | kfreebsd*-gnu | dragonfly*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    hpux9*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+      # but as the default location of the library.
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    hpux10*)
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+        hardcode_direct=yes
+        # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+        # but as the default location of the library.
+        hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+    hpux11*)
+      if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
+        hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+        case $host_cpu in
+          hppa*64*|ia64*)
+            hardcode_direct=no
+            ;;
+          *)
+            hardcode_direct=yes
+            # hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
+            # but as the default location of the library.
+            hardcode_minus_L=yes
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    netbsd*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      ;;
+    newsos6)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    openbsd*)
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+      else
+        case "$host_os" in
+          openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+            ;;
+          *)
+            hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
+            ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+      ;;
+    os2*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    osf3*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    osf4* | osf5*)
+      if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
+      else
+        # Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
+        hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
+      fi
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=:
+      ;;
+    solaris*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
+      ;;
+    sunos4*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      hardcode_direct=yes
+      hardcode_minus_L=yes
+      ;;
+    sysv4)
+      case $host_vendor in
+        sni)
+          hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
+          ;;
+        siemens)
+          hardcode_direct=no
+          ;;
+        motorola)
+          hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
+          ;;
+      esac
+      ;;
+    sysv4.3*)
+      ;;
+    sysv4*MP*)
+      if test -d /usr/nec; then
+        ld_shlibs=yes
+      fi
+      ;;
+    sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7*)
+      ;;
+    sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
+      hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
+      ;;
+    uts4*)
+      hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
+      ;;
+    *)
+      ld_shlibs=no
+      ;;
+  esac
+fi
+
+# Check dynamic linker characteristics
+# Code taken from libtool.m4's AC_LIBTOOL_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
+libname_spec='lib$name'
+case "$host_os" in
+  aix3*)
+    ;;
+  aix4* | aix5*)
+    ;;
+  amigaos*)
+    ;;
+  beos*)
+    ;;
+  bsdi[45]*)
+    ;;
+  cygwin* | mingw* | pw32*)
+    shrext=.dll
+    ;;
+  darwin* | rhapsody*)
+    shrext=.dylib
+    ;;
+  dgux*)
+    ;;
+  freebsd1*)
+    ;;
+  kfreebsd*-gnu)
+    ;;
+  freebsd* | dragonfly*)
+    ;;
+  gnu*)
+    ;;
+  hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
+    case $host_cpu in
+      ia64*)
+        shrext=.so
+        ;;
+      hppa*64*)
+        shrext=.sl
+        ;;
+      *)
+        shrext=.sl
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  interix3*)
+    ;;
+  irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
+    case "$host_os" in
+      irix5* | nonstopux*)
+        libsuff= shlibsuff=
+        ;;
+      *)
+        case $LD in
+          *-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+          *-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
+          *-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
+          *) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
+        esac
+        ;;
+    esac
+    ;;
+  linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
+    ;;
+  linux*)
+    ;;
+  knetbsd*-gnu)
+    ;;
+  netbsd*)
+    ;;
+  newsos6)
+    ;;
+  nto-qnx*)
+    ;;
+  openbsd*)
+    ;;
+  os2*)
+    libname_spec='$name'
+    shrext=.dll
+    ;;
+  osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
+    ;;
+  solaris*)
+    ;;
+  sunos4*)
+    ;;
+  sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
+    ;;
+  sysv4*MP*)
+    ;;
+  sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
+    ;;
+  uts4*)
+    ;;
+esac
+
+sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
+escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
+escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
+
+LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
+
+# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
+wl="$escaped_wl"
+
+# Static library suffix (normally "a").
+libext="$libext"
+
+# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
+shlibext="$shlibext"
+
+# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
+# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
+hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+
+# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
+hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
+
+# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
+
+# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+# resulting binary.
+hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
+
+EOF

configure.ac

@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ fi
 dnl GNU gettext is written in C
 AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
 AM_GNU_GETTEXT
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.14.5])
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.16.1])
 AC_LANG_POP(C)
 
 # some standard header files

intl/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+2006-11-27  GNU  <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
+
+	* Version 0.16.1 released.
+

intl/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+# USA.
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+top_builddir = ..
+
+# The VPATH variables allows builds with $builddir != $srcdir, assuming a
+# 'make' program that supports VPATH (such as GNU make). This line is removed
+# by autoconf automatically when "$(srcdir)" = ".".
+# In this directory, the VPATH handling is particular:
+# 1. If INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX is 'l' (indicating a build with libtool),
+#    the .c -> .lo rules carefully use $(srcdir), so that VPATH can be omitted.
+# 2. If PACKAGE = gettext-tools, VPATH _must_ be omitted, because otherwise
+#    'make' does the wrong thing if GNU gettext was configured with
+#    "./configure --srcdir=`pwd`", namely it gets confused by the .lo and .la
+#    files it finds in srcdir = ../../gettext-runtime/intl.
+VPATH = $(srcdir)
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+transform = @program_transform_name@
+libdir = @libdir@
+includedir = @includedir@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = $(datadir)/locale
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
+aliaspath = $(localedir)
+subdir = intl
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+# We use $(mkdir_p).
+# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
+# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
+# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
+# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
+# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
+# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
+install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+
+l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
+
+AR = ar
+CC = @CC@
+LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
+YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
+
+# -DBUILDING_LIBINTL: Change expansion of LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
+# -DBUILDING_DLL: Change expansion of RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
+DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
+-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DBUILDING_LIBINTL -DBUILDING_DLL -DIN_LIBINTL \
+-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
+-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
+-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
+-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
+CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
+CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@
+LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LDFLAGS_@WOE32DLL@)
+LDFLAGS_yes = -Wl,--export-all-symbols
+LDFLAGS_no =
+LIBS = @LIBS@
+
+COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
+
+HEADERS = \
+  gmo.h \
+  gettextP.h \
+  hash-string.h \
+  loadinfo.h \
+  plural-exp.h \
+  eval-plural.h \
+  localcharset.h \
+  lock.h \
+  relocatable.h \
+  xsize.h \
+  printf-args.h printf-args.c \
+  printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \
+  vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \
+  os2compat.h \
+  libgnuintl.h.in
+SOURCES = \
+  bindtextdom.c \
+  dcgettext.c \
+  dgettext.c \
+  gettext.c \
+  finddomain.c \
+  hash-string.c \
+  loadmsgcat.c \
+  localealias.c \
+  textdomain.c \
+  l10nflist.c \
+  explodename.c \
+  dcigettext.c \
+  dcngettext.c \
+  dngettext.c \
+  ngettext.c \
+  plural.y \
+  plural-exp.c \
+  localcharset.c \
+  lock.c \
+  relocatable.c \
+  langprefs.c \
+  localename.c \
+  log.c \
+  printf.c \
+  version.c \
+  osdep.c \
+  os2compat.c \
+  intl-exports.c \
+  intl-compat.c
+OBJECTS = \
+  bindtextdom.$lo \
+  dcgettext.$lo \
+  dgettext.$lo \
+  gettext.$lo \
+  finddomain.$lo \
+  hash-string.$lo \
+  loadmsgcat.$lo \
+  localealias.$lo \
+  textdomain.$lo \
+  l10nflist.$lo \
+  explodename.$lo \
+  dcigettext.$lo \
+  dcngettext.$lo \
+  dngettext.$lo \
+  ngettext.$lo \
+  plural.$lo \
+  plural-exp.$lo \
+  localcharset.$lo \
+  lock.$lo \
+  relocatable.$lo \
+  langprefs.$lo \
+  localename.$lo \
+  log.$lo \
+  printf.$lo \
+  version.$lo \
+  osdep.$lo \
+  intl-compat.$lo
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
+config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin export.h \
+$(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
+DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
+DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc README.woe32
+DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
+COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h \
+libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-static \
+libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared Makefile.msvc
+
+all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
+all-no-no:
+
+libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
+	rm -f $@
+	$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
+	$(RANLIB) $@
+
+libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
+	  $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
+	  $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ $(LIBS) @LTLIBTHREAD@ -lc \
+	  -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
+	  -rpath $(libdir) \
+	  -no-undefined
+
+# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
+# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
+# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
+# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
+# change these values.
+LTV_CURRENT=8
+LTV_REVISION=1
+LTV_AGE=0
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
+
+.c.o:
+	$(COMPILE) $<
+
+.y.c:
+	$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
+	rm -f $*.h
+
+bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
+dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
+dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
+gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
+finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
+hash-string.lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
+loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
+localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
+textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
+l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
+explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
+dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
+dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
+dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
+ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
+plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
+plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
+localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
+lock.lo: $(srcdir)/lock.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/lock.c
+relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
+langprefs.lo: $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
+localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
+log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
+printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c
+version.lo: $(srcdir)/version.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/version.c
+osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
+intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+	$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
+
+ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
+	mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
+	mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
+
+INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
+
+libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
+	sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
+	  < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in \
+	| if test '@WOE32DLL@' = yes; then \
+	    sed -e 's/extern \([^()]*\);/extern __declspec (dllimport) \1;/'; \
+	  else \
+	    cat; \
+	  fi \
+	| sed -e 's/extern \([^"]\)/extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED \1/' \
+	      -e "/#define _LIBINTL_H/r $(srcdir)/export.h" \
+	| sed -e 's,@''HAVE_VISIBILITY''@,@HAVE_VISIBILITY@,g' \
+	  > libgnuintl.h
+
+libintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
+	sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
+	    -e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
+	  < $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libintl.h
+
+charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+check: all
+
+# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
+# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
+# separate library.
+# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
+# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec: all
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	  if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
+	    dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
+	    if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \
+	      rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
+	   && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  else \
+	    if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+	      orig=charset.alias; \
+	      sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	      rm -f $$temp; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	  test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
+	    || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
+	  temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	  dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	  rm -f $$temp; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data: all
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
+	  dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
+	  for file in $$dists; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs:
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
+	   && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall:
+	if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
+	  $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
+	   && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
+	   && test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
+	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	  if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
+	    temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
+	    dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
+	    sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
+	    if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
+	      rm -f $$dest; \
+	    else \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
+	    fi; \
+	    rm -f $$temp; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+info dvi ps pdf html:
+
+$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+hash-string.$lo dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
+explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
+dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
+dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
+localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
+bindtextdom.$lo dcigettext.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo lock.$lo log.$lo: $(srcdir)/lock.h
+localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
+printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c
+
+# A bison-2.1 generated plural.c includes <libintl.h> if ENABLE_NLS.
+PLURAL_DEPS_yes = libintl.h
+PLURAL_DEPS_no =
+plural.$lo: $(PLURAL_DEPS_@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@)
+
+tags: TAGS
+
+TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+ctags: CTAGS
+
+CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+id: ID
+
+ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+	here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
+
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
+	rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
+	rm -f -r .libs _libs
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+
+
+# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
+# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
+distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir: Makefile
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  : ; \
+	else \
+	  if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
+	    additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
+	  else \
+	    additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
+	  fi; \
+	  $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
+	  for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
+	    if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
+	    cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir) || test $$file = Makefile.in || exit 1; \
+	  done; \
+	fi
+
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
+# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
+# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
+#	cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

intl/VERSION

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+GNU gettext library from gettext-0.16.1

intl/bindtextdom.c

@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
+/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
+# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
+# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
+#else
+# include "lock.h"
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
+# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
+#endif
+
+/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>.  */
+#ifndef offsetof
+# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
+#ifdef _LIBC
+libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
+#endif
+
+/* List with bindings of specific domains.  */
+extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
+# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+
+/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
+   to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
+   If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
+   modified, only the current value is returned.
+   If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
+   modified nor returned.  */
+static void
+set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
+		    const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
+{
+  struct binding *binding;
+  int modified;
+
+  /* Some sanity checks.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = NULL;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  modified = 0;
+
+  for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
+    {
+      int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
+      if (compare == 0)
+	/* We found it!  */
+	break;
+      if (compare < 0)
+	{
+	  /* It is not in the list.  */
+	  binding = NULL;
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (binding != NULL)
+    {
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *dirnamep = binding->dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->dirname;
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
+		{
+		  if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		    result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+		  else
+		    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		      result = strdup (dirname);
+#else
+		      size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		      if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+			memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		    }
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+			free (binding->dirname);
+
+		      binding->dirname = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *dirnamep = result;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset == NULL)
+	    /* The current binding has be to returned.  */
+	    *codesetp = binding->codeset;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The domain is already bound.  If the new value and the old
+		 one are equal we simply do nothing.  Otherwise replace the
+		 old binding.  */
+	      char *result = binding->codeset;
+	      if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
+		{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (codeset);
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
+		    {
+		      if (binding->codeset != NULL)
+			free (binding->codeset);
+
+		      binding->codeset = result;
+		      modified = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      *codesetp = result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
+	   && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
+    {
+      /* Simply return the default values.  */
+      if (dirnamep)
+	*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
+      if (codesetp)
+	*codesetp = NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* We have to create a new binding.  */
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      struct binding *new_binding =
+	(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
+
+      if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
+	goto failed;
+
+      memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
+
+      if (dirnamep)
+	{
+	  const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
+
+	  if (dirname == NULL)
+	    /* The default value.  */
+	    dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
+		dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
+	      else
+		{
+		  char *result;
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+		  result = strdup (dirname);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+#else
+		  size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
+		  result = (char *) malloc (len);
+		  if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		    goto failed_dirname;
+		  memcpy (result, dirname, len);
+#endif
+		  dirname = result;
+		}
+	    }
+	  *dirnamep = dirname;
+	  new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
+	}
+      else
+	/* The default value.  */
+	new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
+
+      if (codesetp)
+	{
+	  const char *codeset = *codesetp;
+
+	  if (codeset != NULL)
+	    {
+	      char *result;
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+	      result = strdup (codeset);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+#else
+	      size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
+	      result = (char *) malloc (len);
+	      if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
+		goto failed_codeset;
+	      memcpy (result, codeset, len);
+#endif
+	      codeset = result;
+	    }
+	  *codesetp = codeset;
+	  new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
+	}
+      else
+	new_binding->codeset = NULL;
+
+      /* Now enqueue it.  */
+      if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
+	  || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
+	{
+	  new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
+	  while (binding->next != NULL
+		 && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
+	    binding = binding->next;
+
+	  new_binding->next = binding->next;
+	  binding->next = new_binding;
+	}
+
+      modified = 1;
+
+      /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures.  */
+      if (0)
+	{
+	failed_codeset:
+	  if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
+	    free (new_binding->dirname);
+	failed_dirname:
+	  free (new_binding);
+	failed:
+	  if (dirnamep)
+	    *dirnamep = NULL;
+	  if (codesetp)
+	    *codesetp = NULL;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches.  */
+  if (modified)
+    ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+  gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+}
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+char *
+BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
+  return (char *) dirname;
+}
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+char *
+BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
+{
+  set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
+  return (char *) codeset;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
+weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif

intl/config.charset

@@ -0,0 +1,640 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name              MIME?             used by which systems
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968       glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   ISO-8859-1              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   ISO-8859-2              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   ISO-8859-3              Y   glibc solaris
+#   ISO-8859-4              Y   osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   ISO-8859-5              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   ISO-8859-6              Y   glibc aix hpux solaris
+#   ISO-8859-7              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd darwin
+#   ISO-8859-8              Y   glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   ISO-8859-9              Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin
+#   ISO-8859-13                 glibc netbsd darwin
+#   ISO-8859-14                 glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15                 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin
+#   KOI8-R                  Y   glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   KOI8-U                  Y   glibc freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   KOI8-T                      glibc
+#   CP437                       dos
+#   CP775                       dos
+#   CP850                       aix osf dos
+#   CP852                       dos
+#   CP855                       dos
+#   CP856                       aix
+#   CP857                       dos
+#   CP861                       dos
+#   CP862                       dos
+#   CP864                       dos
+#   CP865                       dos
+#   CP866                       freebsd netbsd darwin dos
+#   CP869                       dos
+#   CP874                       woe32 dos
+#   CP922                       aix
+#   CP932                       aix woe32 dos
+#   CP943                       aix
+#   CP949                       osf woe32 dos
+#   CP950                       woe32 dos
+#   CP1046                      aix
+#   CP1124                      aix
+#   CP1125                      dos
+#   CP1129                      aix
+#   CP1250                      woe32
+#   CP1251                      glibc solaris netbsd darwin woe32
+#   CP1252                      aix woe32
+#   CP1253                      woe32
+#   CP1254                      woe32
+#   CP1255                      glibc woe32
+#   CP1256                      woe32
+#   CP1257                      woe32
+#   GB2312                  Y   glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   EUC-JP                  Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   EUC-KR                  Y   glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   EUC-TW                      glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
+#   BIG5                    Y   glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   BIG5-HKSCS                  glibc solaris
+#   GBK                         glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
+#   GB18030                     glibc solaris netbsd
+#   SHIFT_JIS               Y   hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
+#   JOHAB                       glibc solaris woe32
+#   TIS-620                     glibc aix hpux osf solaris
+#   VISCII                  Y   glibc
+#   TCVN5712-1                  glibc
+#   GEORGIAN-PS                 glibc
+#   HP-ROMAN8                   hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                  hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                   hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                  hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8                 hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                    hpux
+#   DEC-KANJI                   osf
+#   DEC-HANYU                   osf
+#   UTF-8                   Y   glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux-gnulibc1*)
+	# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "POSIX ASCII"
+	for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
+	         en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
+	         en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
+	         es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
+	         et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
+	         fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
+	         it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
+	         sv_FI sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
+	  echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
+	  echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
+	  echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
+	  #echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
+	done
+	for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
+	         sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	  echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	done
+	for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	done
+	for l in ar ar_SA; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	  echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
+	  #echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
+	  echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	done
+	for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	  echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
+	done
+	for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	  echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	done
+	for l in tr tr_TR; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
+	  echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	  echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
+	  echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	done
+	for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
+	  #echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
+	done
+	for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
+	  echo "$l KOI8-U"
+	done
+	for l in zh zh_CN; do
+	  #echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
+	  echo "$l GB2312"
+	done
+	for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
+	  echo "$l EUC-JP"
+	done
+	for l in ko ko_KR; do
+	  echo "$l EUC-KR"
+	done
+	for l in th th_TH; do
+	  echo "$l TIS-620"
+	done
+	for l in fa fa_IR; do
+	  #echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
+	  echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
+	done
+	;;
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
+	echo "dechanzi GB2312"
+	echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
+	echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "KSC5601 CP949"
+	echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "GB18030 GB18030"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd* | os2*)
+	# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
+	# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
+	         lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    netbsd*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	;;
+    darwin[56]*)
+	# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+	         fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
+	         nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	for l in bg_BG; do
+	  echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
+	done
+	echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
+	echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
+	echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
+	echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
+	echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
+	echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
+	;;
+    darwin*)
+	# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but it is useless:
+	# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
+	#   form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
+	#   LC_CTYPE file.
+	# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
+	#   the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
+	# - The documentation says:
+	#     "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
+	#      that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
+	#      encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
+	#      parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
+	#   It also says
+	#     "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
+	#      paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
+	#      UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
+	#      characters are decomposed ..."
+	#   but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
+	#   to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
+	#   them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
+	# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
+	# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
+	#   - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
+	#   - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
+	# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
+	# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
+	# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
+	# space nevertheless.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "* UTF-8"
+	;;
+    msdosdjgpp*)
+	# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "#"
+	echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
+	echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
+	echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
+	echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
+	echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
+	echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
+	echo "#"
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	# ISO-8859-1 languages
+	echo "ca CP850"
+	echo "ca_ES CP850"
+	echo "da CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "de CP850"
+	echo "de_AT CP850"
+	echo "de_CH CP850"
+	echo "de_DE CP850"
+	echo "en CP850"
+	echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "en_CA CP850"
+	echo "en_GB CP850"
+	echo "en_NZ CP437"
+	echo "en_US CP437"
+	echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "es CP850"
+	echo "es_AR CP850"
+	echo "es_BO CP850"
+	echo "es_CL CP850"
+	echo "es_CO CP850"
+	echo "es_CR CP850"
+	echo "es_CU CP850"
+	echo "es_DO CP850"
+	echo "es_EC CP850"
+	echo "es_ES CP850"
+	echo "es_GT CP850"
+	echo "es_HN CP850"
+	echo "es_MX CP850"
+	echo "es_NI CP850"
+	echo "es_PA CP850"
+	echo "es_PY CP850"
+	echo "es_PE CP850"
+	echo "es_SV CP850"
+	echo "es_UY CP850"
+	echo "es_VE CP850"
+	echo "et CP850"
+	echo "et_EE CP850"
+	echo "eu CP850"
+	echo "eu_ES CP850"
+	echo "fi CP850"
+	echo "fi_FI CP850"
+	echo "fr CP850"
+	echo "fr_BE CP850"
+	echo "fr_CA CP850"
+	echo "fr_CH CP850"
+	echo "fr_FR CP850"
+	echo "ga CP850"
+	echo "ga_IE CP850"
+	echo "gd CP850"
+	echo "gd_GB CP850"
+	echo "gl CP850"
+	echo "gl_ES CP850"
+	echo "id CP850"    # not CP437 ??
+	echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
+	echo "is CP861"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "it CP850"
+	echo "it_CH CP850"
+	echo "it_IT CP850"
+	echo "lt CP775"
+	echo "lt_LT CP775"
+	echo "lv CP775"
+	echo "lv_LV CP775"
+	echo "nb CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nl CP850"
+	echo "nl_BE CP850"
+	echo "nl_NL CP850"
+	echo "nn CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no CP865"    # not CP850 ??
+	echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
+	echo "pt CP850"
+	echo "pt_BR CP850"
+	echo "pt_PT CP850"
+	echo "sv CP850"
+	echo "sv_SE CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-2 languages
+	echo "cs CP852"
+	echo "cs_CZ CP852"
+	echo "hr CP852"
+	echo "hr_HR CP852"
+	echo "hu CP852"
+	echo "hu_HU CP852"
+	echo "pl CP852"
+	echo "pl_PL CP852"
+	echo "ro CP852"
+	echo "ro_RO CP852"
+	echo "sk CP852"
+	echo "sk_SK CP852"
+	echo "sl CP852"
+	echo "sl_SI CP852"
+	echo "sq CP852"
+	echo "sq_AL CP852"
+	echo "sr CP852"    # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
+	# ISO-8859-3 languages
+	echo "mt CP850"
+	echo "mt_MT CP850"
+	# ISO-8859-5 languages
+	echo "be CP866"
+	echo "be_BE CP866"
+	echo "bg CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk CP866"    # not CP855 ??
+	echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
+	echo "ru CP866"
+	echo "ru_RU CP866"
+	echo "uk CP1125"
+	echo "uk_UA CP1125"
+	# ISO-8859-6 languages
+	echo "ar CP864"
+	echo "ar_AE CP864"
+	echo "ar_DZ CP864"
+	echo "ar_EG CP864"
+	echo "ar_IQ CP864"
+	echo "ar_IR CP864"
+	echo "ar_JO CP864"
+	echo "ar_KW CP864"
+	echo "ar_MA CP864"
+	echo "ar_OM CP864"
+	echo "ar_QA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SA CP864"
+	echo "ar_SY CP864"
+	# ISO-8859-7 languages
+	echo "el CP869"
+	echo "el_GR CP869"
+	# ISO-8859-8 languages
+	echo "he CP862"
+	echo "he_IL CP862"
+	# ISO-8859-9 languages
+	echo "tr CP857"
+	echo "tr_TR CP857"
+	# Japanese
+	echo "ja CP932"
+	echo "ja_JP CP932"
+	# Chinese
+	echo "zh_CN GBK"
+	echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
+	# Korean
+	echo "kr CP949"    # not CP934 ??
+	echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
+	# Thai
+	echo "th CP874"
+	echo "th_TH CP874"
+	# Other
+	echo "eo CP850"
+	echo "eo_EO CP850"
+	;;
+esac

intl/dcgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+INTDEF(__dcgettext)
+weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
+#endif

intl/dcngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
+#else
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+char *
+DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
+	    const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
+	    int category)
+{
+  return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
+#endif

intl/dgettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+char *
+DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
+#endif

intl/dngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form.  */
+char *
+DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
+	   const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
+#endif

intl/eval-plural.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* Plural expression evaluation.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef STATIC
+#define STATIC static
+#endif
+
+/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value.  */
+STATIC
+unsigned long int
+internal_function
+plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
+{
+  switch (pexp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 0:
+      switch (pexp->operation)
+	{
+	case var:
+	  return n;
+	case num:
+	  return pexp->val.num;
+	default:
+	  break;
+	}
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+      break;
+    case 1:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be lnot.  */
+	unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return ! arg;
+      }
+    case 2:
+      {
+	unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	if (pexp->operation == lor)
+	  return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else if (pexp->operation == land)
+	  return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+	else
+	  {
+	    unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
+
+	    switch (pexp->operation)
+	      {
+	      case mult:
+		return leftarg * rightarg;
+	      case divide:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+		if (rightarg == 0)
+		  raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+		return leftarg / rightarg;
+	      case module:
+#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
+		if (rightarg == 0)
+		  raise (SIGFPE);
+#endif
+		return leftarg % rightarg;
+	      case plus:
+		return leftarg + rightarg;
+	      case minus:
+		return leftarg - rightarg;
+	      case less_than:
+		return leftarg < rightarg;
+	      case greater_than:
+		return leftarg > rightarg;
+	      case less_or_equal:
+		return leftarg <= rightarg;
+	      case greater_or_equal:
+		return leftarg >= rightarg;
+	      case equal:
+		return leftarg == rightarg;
+	      case not_equal:
+		return leftarg != rightarg;
+	      default:
+		break;
+	      }
+	  }
+	/* NOTREACHED */
+	break;
+      }
+    case 3:
+      {
+	/* pexp->operation must be qmop.  */
+	unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
+	return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
+      }
+    }
+  /* NOTREACHED */
+  return 0;
+}

intl/explodename.c

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
+   rest.  Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
+   i.e. to the first byte of the rest.  */
+static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
+
+static char *
+_nl_find_language (const char *name)
+{
+  while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
+    ++name;
+
+  return (char *) name;
+}
+
+
+int
+_nl_explode_name (char *name,
+		  const char **language, const char **modifier,
+		  const char **territory, const char **codeset,
+		  const char **normalized_codeset)
+{
+  char *cp;
+  int mask;
+
+  *modifier = NULL;
+  *territory = NULL;
+  *codeset = NULL;
+  *normalized_codeset = NULL;
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'.  */
+  mask = 0;
+  *language = cp = name;
+  cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
+
+  if (*language == cp)
+    /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified.  Use
+       this entry as it is without exploding.  Perhaps it is an alias.  */
+    cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
+  else
+    {
+      if (cp[0] == '_')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the territory.  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *territory = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
+	}
+
+      if (cp[0] == '.')
+	{
+	  /* Next is the codeset.  */
+	  cp[0] = '\0';
+	  *codeset = ++cp;
+
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  mask |= XPG_CODESET;
+
+	  if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
+							   cp - *codeset);
+	      if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
+		free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
+	      else
+		mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (cp[0] == '@')
+    {
+      /* Next is the modifier.  */
+      cp[0] = '\0';
+      *modifier = ++cp;
+
+      if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
+    }
+
+  if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
+    mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
+
+  if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
+    mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
+
+  return mask;
+}

intl/export.h

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+
+#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
+#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
+#else
+#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif

intl/finddomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized
+# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock
+# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
+# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
+#else
+# include "lock.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+/* List of already loaded domains.  */
+static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
+
+
+/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
+   the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
+   established bindings.  */
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+internal_function
+_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
+		 const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  const char *language;
+  const char *modifier;
+  const char *territory;
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *normalized_codeset;
+  const char *alias_value;
+  int mask;
+
+  /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
+
+		language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
+
+     Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing.  If
+     the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
+     looked for.  The various parts will be stripped off according to
+     the following order:
+		(1) codeset
+		(2) normalized codeset
+		(3) territory
+		(4) modifier
+   */
+
+  /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data.  */
+  gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
+  gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
+
+  /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
+     be one data set in the list of loaded domains.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
+			       NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
+
+  gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      /* We know something about this locale.  */
+      int cnt;
+
+      if (retval->decided <= 0)
+	_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+
+      if (retval->data != NULL)
+	return retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      return retval;
+      /* NOTREACHED */
+    }
+
+  /* See whether the locale value is an alias.  If yes its value
+     *overwrites* the alias name.  No test for the original value is
+     done.  */
+  alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    {
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      locale = strdup (alias_value);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
+      locale = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (locale == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+
+      memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
+#endif
+    }
+
+  /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name.  First
+     look for the language.  Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'.  */
+  mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
+			   &codeset, &normalized_codeset);
+
+  /* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data.  */
+  gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
+
+  /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
+     generalization.  */
+  retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
+			       strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
+			       codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
+			       domainname, 1);
+
+  gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
+
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    /* This means we are out of core.  */
+    return NULL;
+
+  if (retval->decided <= 0)
+    _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
+  if (retval->data == NULL)
+    {
+      int cnt;
+      for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
+	{
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
+	    _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
+	  if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated.  Free it now.  */
+  if (alias_value != NULL)
+    free (locale);
+
+  /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated.  Free it.  */
+  if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
+    free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
+   be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays.  */
+void __libc_freeres_fn_section
+_nl_finddomain_subfreeres ()
+{
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
+
+  while (runp != NULL)
+    {
+      struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
+      if (runp->data != NULL)
+	_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
+      runp = runp->next;
+      free ((char *) here->filename);
+      free (here);
+    }
+}
+#endif

intl/gettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define GETTEXT __gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
+#else
+# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
+# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
+{
+  return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
+#endif

intl/gettextP.h

@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
+#define _GETTEXTP_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>		/* Get size_t.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+#  include <iconv.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
+extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
+extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+			  int __category);
+extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			 unsigned long int __n);
+extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
+			  const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			  unsigned long int n);
+extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+			   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			   unsigned long int __n, int __category);
+extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
+			   const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			   int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+			   int __category);
+extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
+extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+			       const char *__dirname);
+extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+					const char *__codeset);
+extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden;
+extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
+     internal_function attribute_hidden;
+#else
+/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
+   call them under their real name.  */
+# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
+extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
+			    const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			    int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+			    int __category,
+			    const char *__localename, const char *__encoding);
+# else
+extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
+				 int __category);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+#include "gmo.h"		/* Get nls_uint32.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef W
+# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <byteswap.h>
+# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
+#else
+static inline nls_uint32
+SWAP (i)
+     nls_uint32 i;
+{
+  return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/* In-memory representation of system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  size_t length;
+  /* Pointer to addressed string.  */
+  const char *pointer;
+};
+
+/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion.
+   Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed
+   basis.  */
+struct converted_domain
+{
+  /* The target encoding name.  */
+  const char *encoding;
+  /* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to
+     this target encoding.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  __gconv_t conv;
+#else
+# if HAVE_ICONV
+  iconv_t conv;
+# endif
+#endif
+  /* The table of translated strings after charset conversion.  */
+  char **conv_tab;
+};
+
+/* The representation of an opened message catalog.  */
+struct loaded_domain
+{
+  /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file.  */
+  const char *data;
+  /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed.  */
+  int use_mmap;
+  /* Size of mmap()ed memory.  */
+  size_t mmap_size;
+  /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap;
+  /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory.  */
+  void *malloced;
+
+  /* Number of static strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file.  */
+  const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
+
+  /* Number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
+  /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
+
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_size;
+  /* Pointer to hash table.  */
+  const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
+  /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine.  */
+  int must_swap_hash_tab;
+
+  /* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings.  */
+  struct converted_domain *conversions;
+  size_t nconversions;
+
+  struct expression *plural;
+  unsigned long int nplurals;
+};
+
+/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct.  But ISO C
+   doesn't allow zero sized arrays.  */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define ZERO 0
+#else
+# define ZERO 1
+#endif
+
+/* A set of settings bound to a message domain.  Used to store settings
+   from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset().  */
+struct binding
+{
+  struct binding *next;
+  char *dirname;
+  char *codeset;
+  char domainname[ZERO];
+};
+
+/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
+   become invalid.
+   This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl.  */
+#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
+# include <glocale/config.h>
+extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+#else
+extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void);
+const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category, const char *categoryname);
+const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void);
+const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname);
+#endif
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
+					 const char *__domainname,
+					 struct binding *__domainbinding)
+     internal_function;
+void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
+		      struct binding *__domainbinding)
+     internal_function;
+
+#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
+char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+		    struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding,
+		    const char *msgid,
+		    size_t *lengthp)
+     internal_function;
+#else
+char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
+		    struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
+		    int convert, size_t *lengthp)
+     internal_function;
+#endif
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif /* gettextP.h  */

intl/gmo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
+#define _GETTEXT_H 1
+
+#include <limits.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format.  */
+#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
+#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
+
+/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format.  */
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
+#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
+
+/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
+   to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide.  An
+   alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
+   as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
+   when cross-compiling.  */
+
+#if __STDC__
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
+#else
+# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
+#endif
+
+/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
+   This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
+   that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
+   (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types.  */
+
+#ifndef UINT_MAX
+# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
+#else
+# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
+# else
+#  if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
+typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
+#  else
+  /* The following line is intended to throw an error.  Using #error is
+     not portable enough.  */
+  "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Header for binary .mo file format.  */
+struct mo_file_header
+{
+  /* The magic number.  */
+  nls_uint32 magic;
+  /* The revision number of the file format.  */
+  nls_uint32 revision;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1.  */
+
+  /* The number of strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 nstrings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
+  /* Size of hash table.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
+  /* Offset of first hash table entry.  */
+  nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
+
+  /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+  /* The number of system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
+  /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments.  */
+  nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
+  /* The number of system dependent strings pairs.  */
+  nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
+  /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings.  */
+  nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file.  */
+struct string_desc
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1.  */
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment.  */
+struct sysdep_segment
+{
+  /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  nls_uint32 length;
+  /* Offset of string in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+};
+
+/* Descriptor for system dependent string.  */
+struct sysdep_string
+{
+  /* Offset of static string segments in file.  */
+  nls_uint32 offset;
+  /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
+     The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL.  */
+  struct segment_pair
+  {
+    /* Size of static segment.  */
+    nls_uint32 segsize;
+    /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end.  */
+    nls_uint32 sysdepref;
+  } segments[1];
+};
+
+/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array.  This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
+   regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit.  */
+#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+#endif	/* gettext.h  */

intl/hash-string.c

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/* Implements a string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+   version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
+   Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+   Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "hash-string.h"
+
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+unsigned long int
+__hash_string (const char *str_param)
+{
+  unsigned long int hval, g;
+  const char *str = str_param;
+
+  /* Compute the hash value for the given string.  */
+  hval = 0;
+  while (*str != '\0')
+    {
+      hval <<= 4;
+      hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
+      g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
+      if (g != 0)
+	{
+	  hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
+	  hval ^= g;
+	}
+    }
+  return hval;
+}

intl/hash-string.h

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits.  */
+#define HASHWORDBITS 32
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
+#  define __hash_string libintl_hash_string
+# else
+#  define __hash_string hash_string
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
+   [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
+   1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.]  */
+extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param);

intl/intl-compat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
+   Library.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
+   defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
+   It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
+   of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
+   has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
+   It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
+   as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
+   features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging).  */
+
+
+#undef gettext
+#undef dgettext
+#undef dcgettext
+#undef ngettext
+#undef dngettext
+#undef dcngettext
+#undef textdomain
+#undef bindtextdomain
+#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
+
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions.  Note that because
+   the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
+   don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case.  */
+#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
+# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
+#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+gettext (const char *msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_gettext (msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+{
+  return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dngettext (const char *domainname,
+	   const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+{
+  return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+dcngettext (const char *domainname,
+	    const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
+	    int category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+textdomain (const char *domainname)
+{
+  return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
+{
+  return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
+}
+
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+char *
+bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
+{
+  return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
+}

intl/intl-exports.c

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
+   Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+ /* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x.  */
+#define IMP(x) _imp__##x
+
+ /* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
+    pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available.  */
+#define VARIABLE(x) \
+ /* Export x without redefining x.  This code was found by compiling a	\
+    snippet:								\
+      extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42;  */		\
+ asm (".section .drectve\n");						\
+ asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n");				\
+ asm (".data\n");							\
+ /* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x).  */				\
+ extern int x;								\
+ void * IMP(x) = &x;
+
+VARIABLE(libintl_version)

intl/l10nflist.c

@@ -0,0 +1,400 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
+# include <argz.h>
+#endif
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "loadinfo.h"
+
+/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found.  Sigh!  */
+#ifndef NULL
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+#  define NULL ((void *) 0)
+# else
+#  define NULL 0
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# ifndef stpcpy
+#  define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
+# endif
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P)  tests whether P is an absolute path.  If it is not,
+                        it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
+#endif
+
+/* Define function which are usually not available.  */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
+#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count argz_count
+#else
+/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ.  */
+static size_t
+argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
+{
+  size_t count = 0;
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len + 1;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      count++;
+    }
+  return count;
+}
+# undef __argz_count
+# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
+  INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
+#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify
+#else
+/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
+   except the last into the character SEP.  */
+static void
+argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
+{
+  while (len > 0)
+    {
+      size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
+      argz += part_len;
+      len -= part_len + 1;
+      if (len > 0)
+	*argz++ = sep;
+    }
+}
+# undef __argz_stringify
+# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next argz_next
+#else
+static char *
+argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
+{
+  if (entry)
+    {
+      if (entry < argz + argz_len)
+        entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
+
+      return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
+    }
+  else
+    if (argz_len > 0)
+      return argz;
+    else
+      return 0;
+}
+# undef __argz_next
+# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
+#endif	/* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */
+
+
+/* Return number of bits set in X.  */
+static inline int
+pop (int x)
+{
+  /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used.  */
+  x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
+  x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
+  x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
+  x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
+
+  return x;
+}
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+		    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
+		    int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
+		    const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
+		    const char *modifier,
+		    const char *filename, int do_allocate)
+{
+  char *abs_filename;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
+  char *cp;
+  size_t dirlist_count;
+  size_t entries;
+  int cnt;
+
+  /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
+     DIRLIST.  */
+  if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
+    dirlist_len = 0;
+
+  /* Allocate room for the full file name.  */
+  abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+				  + strlen (language)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
+				     ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
+				     ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+				  + ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
+				     ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+				  + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
+
+  if (abs_filename == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Construct file name.  */
+  cp = abs_filename;
+  if (dirlist_len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
+      __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
+      cp += dirlist_len;
+      cp[-1] = '/';
+    }
+
+  cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
+
+  if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '_';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '.';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
+    }
+  if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
+    {
+      *cp++ = '@';
+      cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
+    }
+
+  *cp++ = '/';
+  stpcpy (cp, filename);
+
+  /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
+     available.  */
+  lastp = l10nfile_list;
+  for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
+    if (retval->filename != NULL)
+      {
+	int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
+	if (compare == 0)
+	  /* We found it!  */
+	  break;
+	if (compare < 0)
+	  {
+	    /* It's not in the list.  */
+	    retval = NULL;
+	    break;
+	  }
+
+	lastp = &retval->next;
+      }
+
+  if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return retval;
+    }
+
+  dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
+
+  /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile.  */
+  retval =
+    (struct loaded_l10nfile *)
+    malloc (sizeof (*retval)
+	    + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
+	       * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
+  if (retval == NULL)
+    {
+      free (abs_filename);
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  retval->filename = abs_filename;
+
+  /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
+     Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
+     correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
+     looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified).  */
+  retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
+		     || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
+			 && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
+  retval->data = NULL;
+
+  retval->next = *lastp;
+  *lastp = retval;
+
+  entries = 0;
+  /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
+     If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
+     entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
+     colons.  In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
+     across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
+     If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
+     DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
+     MASK, excluding MASK itself.
+     In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0.  This has the effect
+     that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
+     first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
+     normalized_codeset.  */
+  for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
+    if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
+	&& !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0))
+      {
+	if (dirlist_count > 1)
+	  {
+	    /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST.  */
+	    char *dir = NULL;
+
+	    while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
+		   != NULL)
+	      retval->successor[entries++]
+		= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
+				      cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+				      normalized_codeset, modifier, filename,
+				      1);
+	  }
+	else
+	  retval->successor[entries++]
+	    = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
+				  cnt, language, territory, codeset,
+				  normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
+      }
+  retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
+
+  return retval;
+}
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+const char *
+_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
+{
+  int len = 0;
+  int only_digit = 1;
+  char *retval;
+  char *wp;
+  size_t cnt;
+
+  for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+    if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+      {
+	++len;
+
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  only_digit = 0;
+      }
+
+  retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
+
+  if (retval != NULL)
+    {
+      if (only_digit)
+	wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
+      else
+	wp = retval;
+
+      for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
+	if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
+	else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
+	  *wp++ = codeset[cnt];
+
+      *wp = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return (const char *) retval;
+}
+
+
+/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
+
+/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library.  So we
+   avoid the non-standard function stpcpy.  In GNU C Library this
+   function is available, though.  Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
+   to be defined.  */
+#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
+static char *
+stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+  while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
+    /* Do nothing. */ ;
+  return dest - 1;
+}
+#endif

intl/langprefs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/* Determine the user's language preferences.
+   Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
+# include <string.h>
+# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
+# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
+# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
+# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
+extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
+#endif
+
+/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
+   locale names in XPG syntax
+     language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
+   already taken into account by the caller.  */
+
+const char *
+_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
+{
+#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */
+  {
+    /* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive.  */
+    static const char *cached_languages;
+    static int cache_initialized;
+
+    if (!cache_initialized)
+      {
+	CFTypeRef preferences =
+	  CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
+				     kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
+	if (preferences != NULL
+	    && CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
+	  {
+	    CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
+	    int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
+	    char buf[256];
+	    size_t size = 0;
+	    int i;
+
+	    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+	      {
+		CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
+		if (element != NULL
+		    && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
+		    && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
+					   buf, sizeof (buf),
+					   kCFStringEncodingASCII))
+		  {
+		    _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
+		    size += strlen (buf) + 1;
+		    /* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
+		       an en.mo message catalog.  Therefore when we see "en"
+		       in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to
+		       return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
+		       the preferences list.  */
+		    if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
+		      break;
+		  }
+		else
+		  break;
+	      }
+	    if (size > 0)
+	      {
+		char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
+
+		if (languages != NULL)
+		  {
+		    char *p = languages;
+
+		    for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
+		      {
+			CFTypeRef element =
+			  CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
+			if (element != NULL
+		            && CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
+			    && CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
+						   buf, sizeof (buf),
+						   kCFStringEncodingASCII))
+			  {
+			    _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
+			    strcpy (p, buf);
+			    p += strlen (buf);
+			    *p++ = ':';
+			    if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
+			      break;
+			  }
+			else
+			  break;
+		      }
+		    *--p = '\0';
+
+		    cached_languages = languages;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+	cache_initialized = 1;
+      }
+    if (cached_languages != NULL)
+      return cached_languages;
+  }
+#endif
+
+  return NULL;
+}

intl/libgnuintl.h.in

@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
+#define _LIBINTL_H	1
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
+   gettext() and dgettext().  It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
+   On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
+   On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
+   then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
+   LC_MESSAGES.  To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
+   in this case.  */
+#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
+# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
+#endif
+
+/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
+   implementation of gettext.  */
+#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
+
+/* Provide information about the supported file formats.  Returns the
+   maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision.  */
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
+  ((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP.  GNU gettext takes
+   precedence over _conio_gettext.  */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+# undef gettext
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
+#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001000
+extern int libintl_version;
+
+
+/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_".  This is
+   necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
+   library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
+   If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
+   definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
+   shared library.  Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
+   up in the following order:
+     1. in the executable,
+     2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
+     3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
+        command line,
+     4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
+        dlopen()ed.
+   The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
+   either
+     * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
+     * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
+     * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
+       linked to the executable at link time.
+   Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
+   would be unacceptable.
+
+   The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
+   is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
+   C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
+   class methods called 'gettext'.  */
+
+/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
+   If he doesn't, we choose the method.  A third possible method is
+   _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC.  */
+#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
+# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
+#  define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# else
+#  ifdef __cplusplus
+#   define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+#  else
+#   define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* Auxiliary macros.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
+# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
+# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
+#else
+# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
+#endif
+
+/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
+   its n-th argument literally.  This enables GCC to warn for example about
+   printf (gettext ("foo %y")).  */
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus)
+# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
+#else
+# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
+static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define gettext libintl_gettext
+#endif
+extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
+static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
+{
+  return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
+   locale.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+				int __category)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
+static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+			       int __category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
+			int __category)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
+#endif
+
+
+/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			       unsigned long int __n)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
+static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			      unsigned long int __n)
+{
+  return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
+#endif
+extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+		       unsigned long int __n)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+				const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
+static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
+			       const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
+{
+  return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
+			const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			unsigned long int __n)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
+#endif
+
+/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
+   number N.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+				 const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				 unsigned long int __n, int __category)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
+static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+				const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+				unsigned long int __n, int __category)
+{
+  return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
+			 const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
+			 unsigned long int __n, int __category)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
+       _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
+static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
+{
+  return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
+   in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+				     const char *__dirname);
+static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
+				    const char *__dirname)
+{
+  return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
+#endif
+extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
+#endif
+
+/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
+   DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned.  */
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
+extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+					      const char *__codeset);
+static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+					     const char *__codeset)
+{
+  return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
+}
+#else
+#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
+# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
+#endif
+extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
+				      const char *__codeset)
+       _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */
+
+
+/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
+   POSIX/XSI specification.
+   Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
+   in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
+   Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
+   or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
+   of _() or gettext() need to add this #include.  Oh well.  */
+
+#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
+# include <stdarg.h>
+#else
+# include <varargs.h>
+#endif
+
+#undef fprintf
+#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
+extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
+#undef vfprintf
+#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
+extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
+
+#undef printf
+#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
+/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
+   This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
+   mingw does not have a function __printf__.  */
+# define libintl_printf __printf__
+#endif
+#define printf libintl_printf
+extern int printf (const char *, ...);
+#undef vprintf
+#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
+extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
+
+#undef sprintf
+#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
+extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
+#undef vsprintf
+#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
+extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
+
+#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
+
+#undef snprintf
+#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
+extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
+#undef vsnprintf
+#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
+extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
+
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
+
+#undef asprintf
+#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
+extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
+#undef vasprintf
+#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
+extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
+
+#endif
+
+#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
+
+#undef fwprintf
+#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
+extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
+#undef vfwprintf
+#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
+extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
+
+#undef wprintf
+#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
+extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
+#undef vwprintf
+#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
+extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
+
+#undef swprintf
+#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
+extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
+#undef vswprintf
+#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
+extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* Support for relocatable packages.  */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+extern void
+       libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
+				      const char *curr_prefix);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* libintl.h */

intl/loadinfo.h

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
+#define _LOADINFO_H	1
+
+/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
+   Implemented in
+
+     localealias.c    Possibly replace a locale name by another.
+     explodename.c    Split a locale name into its various fields.
+     l10nflist.c      Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
+     finddomain.c     Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
+
+   The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
+   in gettextP.h.
+ */
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
+# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
+   almost always true or almost always false.  */
+#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
+# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
+#endif
+
+/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames.  */
+#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
+#endif
+
+/* Encoding of locale name parts.  */
+#define XPG_NORM_CODESET	1
+#define XPG_CODESET		2
+#define XPG_TERRITORY		4
+#define XPG_MODIFIER		8
+
+
+struct loaded_l10nfile
+{
+  const char *filename;
+  int decided;
+
+  const void *data;
+
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
+  struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
+};
+
+
+/* Normalize codeset name.  There is no standard for the codeset
+   names.  Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
+   names.  The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
+   freed by the caller.  */
+extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
+					  size_t name_len);
+
+/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
+   *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
+   files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
+   DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
+   look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
+   MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER
+   are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name().
+   FILENAME is the filename suffix.
+   The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
+   or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
+   If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+   its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
+   furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
+   results from which this lookup result inherits.  */
+extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
+_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
+		    const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
+		    const char *language, const char *territory,
+		    const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
+		    const char *modifier,
+		    const char *filename, int do_allocate);
+
+/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
+   NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
+   The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed.  */
+/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro.  */
+extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
+
+/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
+   territory, codeset.
+   NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
+   there.  *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME.  Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
+   *CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or
+   NULL.  *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it
+   is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has
+   to be freed by the caller.
+   The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
+   filled-in value:
+     XPG_MODIFIER                for *MODIFIER,
+     XPG_TERRITORY               for *TERRITORY,
+     XPG_CODESET                 for *CODESET,
+     XPG_NORM_CODESET            for *NORMALIZED_CODESET.
+ */
+extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
+			     const char **modifier, const char **territory,
+			     const char **codeset,
+			     const char **normalized_codeset);
+
+#endif	/* loadinfo.h */

intl/localcharset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,461 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "localcharset.h"
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# define WIN32_NATIVE
+#endif
+
+#if defined __EMX__
+/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS.  */
+# define OS2
+#endif
+
+#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if 0 /* see comment below */
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
+# ifdef __CYGWIN__
+#  define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#  include <windows.h>
+# endif
+#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+#if defined OS2
+# define INCL_DOS
+# include <os2.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+/* Get LIBDIR.  */
+#ifndef LIBDIR
+# include "configmake.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
+# undef getc
+# define getc getc_unlocked
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+#if __STDC__ != 1
+# define volatile /* empty */
+#endif
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases (void)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location.  This is
+	 necessary for running the testsuite before "make install".  */
+      dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
+      if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
+	dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      int c;
+	      char buf1[50+1];
+	      char buf2[50+1];
+	      size_t l1, l2;
+	      char *old_res_ptr;
+
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  if (old_res_ptr != NULL)
+		    free (old_res_ptr);
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+
+#else
+
+# if defined VMS
+      /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
+	 sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+      /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
+	 "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
+	 section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets".  */
+      cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   /* Japanese */
+	   "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
+	   "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
+	   "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   /* Chinese */
+	   "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+	   "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
+	   "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+	   /* Korean */
+	   "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
+# endif
+
+# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
+	   "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
+	   "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
+	   "CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+	   "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
+	   "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
+	   "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
+	   "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
+	   "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
+	   "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
+	   "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
+	   "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
+	   "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
+	   "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
+	   "CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
+	   "CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
+	   "CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
+	   "CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
+	   "CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
+	   "CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
+	   "CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
+# endif
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset (void)
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2)
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+#  ifdef __CYGWIN__
+  /* Cygwin 2006 does not have locales.  nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
+     returns "US-ASCII".  As long as this is not fixed, return the suffix
+     of the locale name from the environment variables (if present) or
+     the codepage as a number.  */
+  if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
+    {
+      const char *locale;
+      static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+      if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
+	     it.  */
+	  const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+	  if (dot != NULL)
+	    {
+	      const char *modifier;
+
+	      dot++;
+	      /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+	      modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+	      if (modifier == NULL)
+		return dot;
+	      if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+		{
+		  memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+		  buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+		  return buf;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+      sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+      codeset = buf;
+    }
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+  /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales.  Some
+     (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale.  Therefore we don't
+     use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
+     locale name the user has set.  */
+#  if 0
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+#  endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+# endif
+
+#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
+#elif defined OS2
+
+  const char *locale;
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+  ULONG cp[3];
+  ULONG cplen;
+
+  /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
+     with standard language environment variables.  */
+  locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	locale = getenv ("LANG");
+    }
+  if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it.  */
+      const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
+
+      if (dot != NULL)
+	{
+	  const char *modifier;
+
+	  dot++;
+	  /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any.  */
+	  modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
+	  if (modifier == NULL)
+	    return dot;
+	  if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
+	    {
+	      memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
+	      buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
+	      return buf;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Resolve through the charset.alias file.  */
+      codeset = locale;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+      if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
+	codeset = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
+	  codeset = buf;
+	}
+    }
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset == NULL)
+    /* The canonical name cannot be determined.  */
+    codeset = "";
+
+  /* Resolve alias. */
+  for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+       *aliases != '\0';
+       aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+    if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
+	|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
+      {
+	codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	break;
+      }
+
+  /* Don't return an empty string.  GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
+     the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
+     thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time.  */
+  if (codeset[0] == '\0')
+    codeset = "ASCII";
+
+  return codeset;
+}

intl/localcharset.h

@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
+#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name.  */
+extern const char * locale_charset (void);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */

intl/locale.alias

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+# Locale name alias data base.
+# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+# any later version.
+#
+# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+# Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+# USA.
+
+# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
+# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
+#	/usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
+# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
+# All entries are case independent.
+
+# Note: This file is far from being complete.  If you have a value for
+# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
+# it with the rest of us.  Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
+# bugs@gnu.org.
+
+# Packages using this file: 
+
+bokmal		nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+bokmål		nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+catalan		ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
+croatian	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+czech		cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
+danish          da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+dansk		da_DK.ISO-8859-1
+deutsch		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+dutch		nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
+eesti		et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+estonian	et_EE.ISO-8859-1
+finnish         fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
+français	fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+french		fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
+galego		gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+galician	gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
+german		de_DE.ISO-8859-1
+greek           el_GR.ISO-8859-7
+hebrew          he_IL.ISO-8859-8
+hrvatski	hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
+hungarian       hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
+icelandic       is_IS.ISO-8859-1
+italian         it_IT.ISO-8859-1
+japanese	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.euc	ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP		ja_JP.eucJP
+ja_JP.ujis	ja_JP.eucJP
+japanese.sjis	ja_JP.SJIS
+korean		ko_KR.eucKR
+korean.euc 	ko_KR.eucKR
+ko_KR		ko_KR.eucKR
+lithuanian      lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
+no_NO		nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+norwegian       nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
+nynorsk		nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
+polish          pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
+portuguese      pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
+romanian        ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
+russian         ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
+slovak          sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
+slovene         sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+slovenian       sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
+spanish         es_ES.ISO-8859-1
+swedish         sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
+thai		th_TH.TIS-620
+turkish         tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

intl/localealias.c

@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/* Handle aliases for locale names.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# undef alloca
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#   include <alloca.h>
+#  else
+#   ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+# include "relocatable.h"
+#else
+# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Rename the non ANSI C functions.  This is required by the standard
+   because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
+   file and the name space must not be polluted.  */
+# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
+
+# ifndef mempcpy
+#  define mempcpy __mempcpy
+# endif
+# define HAVE_MEMPCPY	1
+# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING	1
+#endif
+
+/* Handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+# include "lock.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+/* Some optimizations for glibc.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof_unlocked (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
+#else
+# define FEOF(fp)		feof (fp)
+# define FGETS(buf, n, fp)	fgets (buf, n, fp)
+#endif
+
+/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
+   some additional code emulating it.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
+# define freea(p) /* nothing */
+#else
+# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
+# define freea(p) free (p)
+#endif
+
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
+# undef fgets
+# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
+#endif
+#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
+# undef feof
+# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
+#endif
+
+
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+
+
+struct alias_map
+{
+  const char *alias;
+  const char *value;
+};
+
+
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
+#endif
+
+libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
+static size_t string_space_act;
+static size_t string_space_max;
+libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
+static size_t nmap;
+static size_t maxmap;
+
+
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
+     internal_function;
+static int extend_alias_table (void);
+static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
+			  const struct alias_map *map2);
+
+
+const char *
+_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
+{
+  static const char *locale_alias_path;
+  struct alias_map *retval;
+  const char *result = NULL;
+  size_t added;
+
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+
+  if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
+    locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+
+  do
+    {
+      struct alias_map item;
+
+      item.alias = name;
+
+      if (nmap > 0)
+	retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
+					       sizeof (struct alias_map),
+					       (int (*) (const void *,
+							 const void *)
+						) alias_compare);
+      else
+	retval = NULL;
+
+      /* We really found an alias.  Return the value.  */
+      if (retval != NULL)
+	{
+	  result = retval->value;
+	  break;
+	}
+
+      /* Perhaps we can find another alias file.  */
+      added = 0;
+      while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
+	{
+	  const char *start;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+	  start = locale_alias_path;
+
+	  while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
+		 && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    ++locale_alias_path;
+
+	  if (start < locale_alias_path)
+	    added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
+	}
+    }
+  while (added != 0);
+
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static size_t
+internal_function
+read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
+{
+  FILE *fp;
+  char *full_fname;
+  size_t added;
+  static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
+
+  full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
+#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
+  mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
+	   aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#else
+  memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
+  memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions
+     disabled.  */
+  fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc");
+#else
+  fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
+#endif
+  freea (full_fname);
+  if (fp == NULL)
+    return 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
+  /* No threads present.  */
+  __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
+#endif
+
+  added = 0;
+  while (!FEOF (fp))
+    {
+      /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
+	 a) we are only interested in the first two fields
+	 b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
+	    be that long
+	 We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
+	 stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
+	 memory.  */
+      char buf[400];
+      char *alias;
+      char *value;
+      char *cp;
+      int complete_line;
+
+      if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	/* EOF reached.  */
+	break;
+
+      /* Determine whether the line is complete.  */
+      complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL;
+
+      cp = buf;
+      /* Ignore leading white space.  */
+      while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	++cp;
+
+      /* A leading '#' signals a comment line.  */
+      if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
+	{
+	  alias = cp++;
+	  while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+	  /* Terminate alias name.  */
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    *cp++ = '\0';
+
+	  /* Now look for the beginning of the value.  */
+	  while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+	    ++cp;
+
+	  if (cp[0] != '\0')
+	    {
+	      value = cp++;
+	      while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
+		++cp;
+	      /* Terminate value.  */
+	      if (cp[0] == '\n')
+		{
+		  /* This has to be done to make the following test
+		     for the end of line possible.  We are looking for
+		     the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here.  */
+		  *cp++ = '\0';
+		  *cp = '\n';
+		}
+	      else if (cp[0] != '\0')
+		*cp++ = '\0';
+
+#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
+	      /* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR
+		 that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8
+		 locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR".  Ignore these
+		 entries.  */
+	      if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL)
+#endif
+		{
+		  size_t alias_len;
+		  size_t value_len;
+
+		  if (nmap >= maxmap)
+		    if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
+		      goto out;
+
+		  alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
+		  value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
+
+		  if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
+		    {
+		      /* Increase size of memory pool.  */
+		      size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+					 + (alias_len + value_len > 1024
+					    ? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
+		      char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
+		      if (new_pool == NULL)
+			goto out;
+
+		      if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
+			{
+			  size_t i;
+
+			  for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
+			    {
+			      map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
+			      map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
+			    }
+			}
+
+		      string_space = new_pool;
+		      string_space_max = new_size;
+		    }
+
+		  map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					    alias, alias_len);
+		  string_space_act += alias_len;
+
+		  map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
+					    value, value_len);
+		  string_space_act += value_len;
+
+		  ++nmap;
+		  ++added;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+
+      /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer.  Ignore
+	 the rest of the line.  */
+      if (! complete_line)
+	do
+	  if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
+	    /* Make sure the inner loop will be left.  The outer loop
+	       will exit at the `feof' test.  */
+	    break;
+	while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL);
+    }
+
+ out:
+  /* Should we test for ferror()?  I think we have to silently ignore
+     errors.  --drepper  */
+  fclose (fp);
+
+  if (added > 0)
+    qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
+	   (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
+
+  return added;
+}
+
+
+static int
+extend_alias_table ()
+{
+  size_t new_size;
+  struct alias_map *new_map;
+
+  new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
+  new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
+						* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
+  if (new_map == NULL)
+    /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  map = new_map;
+  maxmap = new_size;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static int
+alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
+{
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
+  return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
+#else
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  do
+    {
+      /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
+	 some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters.  */
+      c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
+      c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
+      if (c1 == '\0')
+	break;
+      ++p1;
+      ++p2;
+    }
+  while (c1 == c2);
+
+  return c1 - c2;
+#endif
+}

intl/lock.c

@@ -0,0 +1,922 @@
+/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
+   gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "lock.h"
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread.  */
+static void *
+dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
+{
+  return arg;
+}
+
+int
+glthread_in_use (void)
+{
+  static int tested;
+  static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
+
+  if (!tested)
+    {
+      pthread_t thread;
+
+      if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
+	/* Thread creation failed.  */
+	result = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Thread creation works.  */
+	  void *retval;
+	  if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
+	    abort ();
+	  result = 1;
+	}
+      tested = 1;
+    }
+  return result;
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
+
+#  if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  lock->initialized = 1;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
+	abort ();
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+	glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
+	abort ();
+    }
+  if (pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
+	abort ();
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+	glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
+	abort ();
+    }
+  if (pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  lock->initialized = 0;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
+  lock->runcount = 0;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow.  */
+  /* POSIX says: "It is implementation-defined whether the calling thread
+     acquires the lock when a writer does not hold the lock and there are
+     writers blocked on the lock."  Let's say, no: give the writers a higher
+     priority.  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+	 waiting_readers.  */
+      if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != 0)
+	abort ();
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+	 waiting_writers.  */
+      lock->waiting_writers_count++;
+      if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != 0)
+	abort ();
+      lock->waiting_writers_count--;
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (lock->runcount < 0)
+    {
+      /* Drop a writer lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+	abort ();
+      lock->runcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Drop a reader lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+	abort ();
+      lock->runcount--;
+    }
+  if (lock->runcount == 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
+	 locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+      if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
+	{
+	  /* Wake up one of the waiting writers.  */
+	  if (pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0)
+	    abort ();
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Wake up all waiting readers.  */
+	  if (pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0)
+	    abort ();
+	}
+    }
+  if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+#  if !(defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP)
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
+
+  if (pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  lock->initialized = 1;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    {
+      if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
+	abort ();
+      if (!lock->initialized)
+	glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock);
+      if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
+	abort ();
+    }
+  if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->initialized)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  lock->initialized = 0;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
+  lock->depth = 0;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  pthread_t self = pthread_self ();
+  if (lock->owner != self)
+    {
+      if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
+	abort ();
+      lock->owner = self;
+    }
+  if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != pthread_self ())
+    abort ();
+  if (lock->depth == 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
+      if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
+	abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+
+int
+glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control)
+{
+  /* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point
+     type, a pointer type, or a structure type.  */
+  char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control;
+  if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once)
+    {
+      /* First time use of once_control.  Invert the first byte.  */
+      *firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_PTH_THREADS
+
+/* Use the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_once_call (void *arg)
+{
+  void (**gl_once_temp_addr) (void) = (void (**) (void)) arg;
+  void (*initfunction) (void) = *gl_once_temp_addr;
+  initfunction ();
+}
+
+int
+glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control)
+{
+  /* We know that pth_once_t is an integer type.  */
+  if (*once_control == PTH_ONCE_INIT)
+    {
+      /* First time use of once_control.  Invert the marker.  */
+      *once_control = ~ PTH_ONCE_INIT;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
+
+/* Use the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (mutex_init (&lock->mutex, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0)
+    abort ();
+  lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
+  lock->depth = 0;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  thread_t self = thr_self ();
+  if (lock->owner != self)
+    {
+      if (mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
+	abort ();
+      lock->owner = self;
+    }
+  if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+    abort ();
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != thr_self ())
+    abort ();
+  if (lock->depth == 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
+      if (mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
+	abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != (thread_t) 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0)
+    abort ();
+}
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+{
+  if (!once_control->inited)
+    {
+      /* Use the mutex to guarantee that if another thread is already calling
+	 the initfunction, this thread waits until it's finished.  */
+      if (mutex_lock (&once_control->mutex) != 0)
+	abort ();
+      if (!once_control->inited)
+	{
+	  once_control->inited = 1;
+	  initfunction ();
+	}
+      if (mutex_unlock (&once_control->mutex) != 0)
+	abort ();
+    }
+}
+
+int
+glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control)
+{
+  /* We know that gl_once_t contains an integer type.  */
+  if (!once_control->inited)
+    {
+      /* First time use of once_control.  Invert the marker.  */
+      once_control->inited = ~ 0;
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WIN32_THREADS
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+	/* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+	glthread_lock_init (lock);
+      else
+	/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+	   initializing this lock.  */
+	while (!lock->guard.done)
+	  Sleep (0);
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+void
+glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    abort ();
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+void
+glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    abort ();
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 0;
+}
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+static inline void
+gl_waitqueue_init (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  wq->array = NULL;
+  wq->count = 0;
+  wq->alloc = 0;
+  wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue.
+   Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs.  */
+static HANDLE
+gl_waitqueue_add (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  HANDLE event;
+  unsigned int index;
+
+  if (wq->count == wq->alloc)
+    {
+      unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1;
+      HANDLE *new_array =
+	(HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE));
+      if (new_array == NULL)
+	/* No more memory.  */
+	return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+      /* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents
+	 starts at offset 0.  */
+      if (wq->offset > 0)
+	{
+	  unsigned int old_count = wq->count;
+	  unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc;
+	  unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset;
+	  unsigned int i;
+	  if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc;
+	      for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
+		new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i];
+	    }
+	  for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++)
+	    new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i];
+	  wq->offset = 0;
+	}
+      wq->array = new_array;
+      wq->alloc = new_alloc;
+    }
+  event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL);
+  if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    /* No way to allocate an event.  */
+    return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+  index = wq->offset + wq->count;
+  if (index >= wq->alloc)
+    index -= wq->alloc;
+  wq->array[index] = event;
+  wq->count++;
+  return event;
+}
+
+/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it.  */
+static inline void
+gl_waitqueue_notify_first (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]);
+  wq->offset++;
+  wq->count--;
+  if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc)
+    wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all.  */
+static inline void
+gl_waitqueue_notify_all (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
+{
+  unsigned int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned int index = wq->offset + i;
+      if (index >= wq->alloc)
+	index -= wq->alloc;
+      SetEvent (wq->array[index]);
+    }
+  wq->count = 0;
+  wq->offset = 0;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers);
+  gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers);
+  lock->runcount = 0;
+  lock->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+	/* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+	glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+	/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+	   initializing this lock.  */
+	while (!lock->guard.done)
+	  Sleep (0);
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
+     field will not overflow.  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+	 waiting_readers.  */
+      HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers);
+      if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+	{
+	  DWORD result;
+	  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+	  /* Wait until another thread signals this event.  */
+	  result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
+	  if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+	    abort ();
+	  CloseHandle (event);
+	  /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
+	     removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount.  */
+	  if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+	    abort ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+	  do
+	    {
+	      LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+	      Sleep (1);
+	      EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+	    }
+	  while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0));
+	}
+    }
+  lock->runcount++;
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+	/* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+	glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
+      else
+	/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+	   initializing this lock.  */
+	while (!lock->guard.done)
+	  Sleep (0);
+    }
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  /* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running.  */
+  if (!(lock->runcount == 0))
+    {
+      /* This thread has to wait for a while.  Enqueue it among the
+	 waiting_writers.  */
+      HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers);
+      if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+	{
+	  DWORD result;
+	  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+	  /* Wait until another thread signals this event.  */
+	  result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
+	  if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
+	    abort ();
+	  CloseHandle (event);
+	  /* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
+	     removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1.  */
+	  if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+	    abort ();
+	  return;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Allocation failure.  Weird.  */
+	  do
+	    {
+	      LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+	      Sleep (1);
+	      EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+	    }
+	  while (!(lock->runcount == 0));
+	}
+    }
+  lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    abort ();
+  EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  if (lock->runcount < 0)
+    {
+      /* Drop a writer lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
+	abort ();
+      lock->runcount = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Drop a reader lock.  */
+      if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
+	abort ();
+      lock->runcount--;
+    }
+  if (lock->runcount == 0)
+    {
+      /* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
+	 locks", to avoid "writer starvation".  */
+      if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0)
+	{
+	  /* Wake up one of the waiting writers.  */
+	  lock->runcount--;
+	  gl_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Wake up all waiting readers.  */
+	  lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count;
+	  gl_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers);
+	}
+    }
+  LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+}
+
+void
+glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    abort ();
+  if (lock->runcount != 0)
+    abort ();
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL)
+    free (lock->waiting_readers.array);
+  if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL)
+    free (lock->waiting_writers.array);
+  lock->guard.done = 0;
+}
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  lock->owner = 0;
+  lock->depth = 0;
+  InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 1;
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (!lock->guard.done)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
+	/* This thread is the first one to need this lock.  Initialize it.  */
+	glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock);
+      else
+	/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
+	   initializing this lock.  */
+	while (!lock->guard.done)
+	  Sleep (0);
+    }
+  {
+    DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
+    if (lock->owner != self)
+      {
+	EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+	lock->owner = self;
+      }
+    if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
+      abort ();
+  }
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ())
+    abort ();
+  if (lock->depth == 0)
+    abort ();
+  if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
+    {
+      lock->owner = 0;
+      LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
+{
+  if (lock->owner != 0)
+    abort ();
+  DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
+  lock->guard.done = 0;
+}
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+void
+glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
+{
+  if (once_control->inited <= 0)
+    {
+      if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0)
+	{
+	  /* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control.  */
+	  InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+	  EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+	  once_control->inited = 0;
+	  initfunction ();
+	  once_control->inited = 1;
+	  LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Undo last operation.  */
+	  InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started);
+	  /* Some other thread has already started the initialization.
+	     Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish
+	     initializing and taking the lock.  */
+	  while (once_control->inited < 0)
+	    Sleep (0);
+	  if (once_control->inited <= 0)
+	    {
+	      /* Take the lock.  This blocks until the other thread has
+		 finished calling the initfunction.  */
+	      EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+	      LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
+	      if (!(once_control->inited > 0))
+		abort ();
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */

intl/lock.h

@@ -0,0 +1,833 @@
+/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
+   Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
+   Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
+   gthr-win32.h.  */
+
+/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
+   It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
+   synchronization primitives.
+
+   Normal (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_lock_destroy (name);
+
+   Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
+     Type:                gl_rwlock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_rwlock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
+                          gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
+
+   Recursive locks:
+     Type:                gl_recursive_lock_t
+     Declaration:         gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
+     Initializer:         gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
+     Initialization:      gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
+     Taking the lock:     gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
+     Releasing the lock:  gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
+     De-initialization:   gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
+
+  Once-only execution:
+     Type:                gl_once_t
+     Initializer:         gl_once_define(extern, name)
+     Execution:           gl_once (name, initfunction);
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef _LOCK_H
+#define _LOCK_H
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
+
+/* Use the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+# include <pthread.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+
+/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime.  */
+#  define pthread_in_use() \
+     glthread_in_use ()
+extern int glthread_in_use (void);
+
+# endif
+
+# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library.  */
+
+/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
+   of the program don't use them.  Here we use them, because we don't want
+   every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread.  This assumes
+   that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
+   loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
+   then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
+   will not be multithread-safe.  */
+
+/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
+   whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
+   non-NULL.  However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
+   PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
+   call to foo(...) in the same function.  To avoid this, we test the
+   address of a function in libpthread that we don't use.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
+#  pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_once
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
+#  pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
+#  pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
+#  ifndef pthread_self
+#   pragma weak pthread_self
+#  endif
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   pragma weak pthread_cancel
+#   define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+#  if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
+#   define pthread_in_use() 1
+#  endif
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
+
+#  ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+
+typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+      PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
+#   define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort ()
+#   define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+#   define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+#   define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+#   define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          int initialized;
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;   /* protects the initialization */
+          pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#   define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+      { 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
+#   define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)
+#   define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)
+#   define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)
+#   define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)
+#   define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
+# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+    if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
+
+#  if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+
+typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
+#   else
+#    define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+       PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
+#   endif
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort ()
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+
+#  else
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
+          pthread_mutex_t guard;    /* protects the initialization */
+          int initialized;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+      STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+      { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
+#   define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+      if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+#  endif
+
+# else
+
+/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
+   We have to implement them ourselves.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          pthread_mutex_t mutex;
+          pthread_t owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+     { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+     if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+     if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+     if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+     if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
+# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+    do                                                   \
+      {                                                  \
+        if (pthread_in_use ())                           \
+          {                                              \
+            if (pthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) != 0) \
+              abort ();                                  \
+          }                                              \
+        else                                             \
+          {                                              \
+            if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME))    \
+              INITFUNCTION ();                           \
+          }                                              \
+      }                                                  \
+    while (0)
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_PTH_THREADS
+
+/* Use the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+# include <pth.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_init
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire
+#  pragma weak pth_mutex_release
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire
+#  pragma weak pth_rwlock_release
+#  pragma weak pth_once
+
+#  pragma weak pth_cancel
+#  define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define pth_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    PTH_MUTEX_INIT
+# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
+    if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
+    if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+    if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+    (void)(&NAME)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+#  define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME;
+#  define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+#  define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+     PTH_RWLOCK_INIT
+#  define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+     if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_init (&NAME)) abort ()
+#  define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+     if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL)) abort ()
+#  define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+     if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL)) abort ()
+#  define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+     if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_release (&NAME)) abort ()
+#  define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+     (void)(&NAME)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default.  */
+typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+     STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+     PTH_MUTEX_INIT
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+     if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort ()
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+     if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort ()
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+     if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort ()
+#  define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+     (void)(&NAME)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT;
+# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+    do                                                                \
+      {                                                               \
+        if (pth_in_use ())                                            \
+          {                                                           \
+            void (*gl_once_temp) (void) = INITFUNCTION;               \
+            if (!pth_once (&NAME, glthread_once_call, &gl_once_temp)) \
+              abort ();                                               \
+          }                                                           \
+        else                                                          \
+          {                                                           \
+            if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME))                 \
+              INITFUNCTION ();                                        \
+          }                                                           \
+      }                                                               \
+    while (0)
+extern void glthread_once_call (void *arg);
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
+
+/* Use the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+# include <thread.h>
+# include <synch.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
+
+/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library.  */
+
+#  pragma weak mutex_init
+#  pragma weak mutex_lock
+#  pragma weak mutex_unlock
+#  pragma weak mutex_destroy
+#  pragma weak rwlock_init
+#  pragma weak rw_rdlock
+#  pragma weak rw_wrlock
+#  pragma weak rw_unlock
+#  pragma weak rwlock_destroy
+#  pragma weak thr_self
+
+#  pragma weak thr_suspend
+#  define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
+
+# else
+
+#  define thread_in_use() 1
+
+# endif
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    DEFAULTMUTEX
+# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && mutex_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    DEFAULTRWLOCK
+# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && rw_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && rw_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && rw_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks.
+   We have to implement them ourselves.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          mutex_t mutex;
+          thread_t owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+    { DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 }
+# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+    if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int inited;
+          mutex_t mutex;
+        }
+        gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX };
+# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+    do                                                \
+      {                                               \
+        if (thread_in_use ())                         \
+          {                                           \
+            glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION);      \
+          }                                           \
+        else                                          \
+          {                                           \
+            if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \
+              INITFUNCTION ();                        \
+          }                                           \
+      }                                               \
+    while (0)
+extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if USE_WIN32_THREADS
+
+# include <windows.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the Win32 Event, Mutex,
+   Semaphore types, because
+     - we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
+       not inter-process locking,
+     - we don't need to support trylock operations.  (TryEnterCriticalSection
+       does not work on Windows 95/98/ME.  Packages that need trylock usually
+       define their own mutex type.)  */
+
+/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION.  It needs
+   to be done lazily, once only.  For this we need spinlocks.  */
+
+typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t;
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_lock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 } }
+# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
+    glthread_lock_init (&NAME)
+# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
+    glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)
+# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+    glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+    glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
+   introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
+   Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
+          unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
+          unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
+          unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
+        }
+        gl_waitqueue_t;
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
+          gl_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
+          gl_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
+          int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
+        }
+        gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
+# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 } }
+# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
+    glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
+    glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
+    glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
+    glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
+    glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+/* The Win32 documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already implements a
+   recursive lock.  But we need not rely on it: It's easy to implement a
+   recursive lock without this assumption.  */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
+          DWORD owner;
+          unsigned long depth;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
+    { { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 }
+# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
+    glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef struct
+        {
+          volatile int inited;
+          volatile long started;
+          CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
+        }
+        gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 };
+# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+    glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)
+extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WIN32_THREADS)
+
+/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported.  */
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_lock_t;
+# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_lock_init(NAME)
+# define gl_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME)
+
+/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
+# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
+# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
+
+/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME)
+# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME)
+
+/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
+
+typedef int gl_once_t;
+# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
+    STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
+# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
+    do                       \
+      {                      \
+        if (NAME == 0)       \
+          {                  \
+            NAME = ~ 0;      \
+            INITFUNCTION (); \
+          }                  \
+      }                      \
+    while (0)
+
+#endif
+
+/* ========================================================================= */
+
+#endif /* _LOCK_H */

intl/log.c

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/* Log file output.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+#else
+# include "lock.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed.  */
+static void
+print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str)
+{
+  putc ('"', stream);
+  for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
+    if (*str == '\n')
+      {
+	fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
+	if (str[1] == '\0')
+	  return;
+	fputs ("\n\"", stream);
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
+	  putc ('\\', stream);
+	putc (*str, stream);
+      }
+  putc ('"', stream);
+}
+
+static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
+static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
+__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
+
+static inline void
+_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
+			     const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
+{
+  FILE *logfile;
+
+  /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile?  */
+  if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Close the last used logfile.  */
+      if (last_logfilename != NULL)
+	{
+	  if (last_logfile != NULL)
+	    {
+	      fclose (last_logfile);
+	      last_logfile = NULL;
+	    }
+	  free (last_logfilename);
+	  last_logfilename = NULL;
+	}
+      /* Open the logfile.  */
+      last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
+      if (last_logfilename == NULL)
+	return;
+      strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
+      last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
+      if (last_logfile == NULL)
+	return;
+    }
+  logfile = last_logfile;
+
+  fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
+  print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
+  fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
+  print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
+  if (plural)
+    {
+      fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
+      print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
+      fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
+    }
+  else
+    fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
+  putc ('\n', logfile);
+}
+
+/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation.  */
+void
+_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
+		      const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
+{
+  __libc_lock_lock (lock);
+  _nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
+  __libc_lock_unlock (lock);
+}

intl/ngettext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define __need_NULL
+# include <stddef.h>
+#else
+# include <stdlib.h>		/* Just for NULL.  */
+#endif
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <locale.h>
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
+#else
+# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
+# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
+#endif
+
+/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
+   LC_MESSAGES locale.  If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
+   text).  */
+char *
+NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
+{
+  return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
+#endif

intl/os2compat.c

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#define OS2_AWARE
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <sys/param.h>
+
+/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
+extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
+
+char *
+_nl_getenv (const char *name)
+{
+  unsigned char *value;
+  if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
+    return NULL;
+  else
+    return value;
+}
+
+/* A fixed size buffer.  */
+char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
+
+char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
+char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
+
+static __attribute__((constructor)) void
+nlos2_initialize ()
+{
+  char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
+  char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
+
+  _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_libdir)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
+        }
+      else
+        _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
+    }
+
+  _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
+        }
+     else
+        _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
+    }
+
+  _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
+  if (!_nlos2_localedir)
+    {
+      if (root)
+        {
+          size_t sl = strlen (root);
+          _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
+          memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
+        }
+      else
+        _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
+    }
+
+  if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
+    strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
+}

intl/os2compat.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
+   This file is intended to be included from config.h
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
+#ifndef OS2_AWARE
+
+#undef LIBDIR
+#define LIBDIR			_nlos2_libdir
+extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
+
+#undef LOCALEDIR
+#define LOCALEDIR		_nlos2_localedir
+extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
+
+#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
+#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH	_nlos2_localealiaspath
+extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
+
+#endif
+
+#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
+#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
+#define strcasecmp stricmp
+#define strncasecmp strnicmp
+
+/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
+#define getenv _nl_getenv
+
+/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
+#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)

intl/osdep.c

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
+   Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#if defined __CYGWIN__
+# include "intl-exports.c"
+#elif defined __EMX__
+# include "os2compat.c"
+#else
+/* Avoid AIX compiler warning.  */
+typedef int dummy;
+#endif

intl/plural-exp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1)) \
+    || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
+
+/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
+   form determination.  It represents the expression  "n != 1".  */
+static const struct expression plvar =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = var,
+};
+static const struct expression plone =
+{
+  .nargs = 0,
+  .operation = num,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .num = 1
+  }
+};
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
+{
+  .nargs = 2,
+  .operation = not_equal,
+  .val =
+  {
+    .args =
+    {
+      [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
+      [1] = (struct expression *) &plone
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
+
+#else
+
+/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
+   Initialization at run-time.  */
+
+static struct expression plvar;
+static struct expression plone;
+struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+
+static void
+init_germanic_plural ()
+{
+  if (plone.val.num == 0)
+    {
+      plvar.nargs = 0;
+      plvar.operation = var;
+
+      plone.nargs = 0;
+      plone.operation = num;
+      plone.val.num = 1;
+
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
+      GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
+    }
+}
+
+# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
+
+#endif
+
+void
+internal_function
+EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp,
+			   unsigned long int *npluralsp)
+{
+  if (nullentry != NULL)
+    {
+      const char *plural;
+      const char *nplurals;
+
+      plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
+      nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
+      if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
+	goto no_plural;
+      else
+	{
+	  char *endp;
+	  unsigned long int n;
+	  struct parse_args args;
+
+	  /* First get the number.  */
+	  nplurals += 9;
+	  while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
+	    ++nplurals;
+	  if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
+	    goto no_plural;
+#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
+	  n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
+#else
+	  for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
+	    n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
+#endif
+	  if (nplurals == endp)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *npluralsp = n;
+
+	  /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
+	     scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
+	     passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
+	     is passed down to the parser.  */
+	  plural += 7;
+	  args.cp = plural;
+	  if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
+	    goto no_plural;
+	  *pluralp = args.res;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
+         for `one', the plural form otherwise.  Yes, this is also what
+         English is using since English is a Germanic language.  */
+    no_plural:
+      INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
+      *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
+      *npluralsp = 2;
+    }
+}

intl/plural-exp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
+#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
+
+#ifndef internal_function
+# define internal_function
+#endif
+
+#ifndef attribute_hidden
+# define attribute_hidden
+#endif
+
+
+/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
+   plural form.  */
+struct expression
+{
+  int nargs;			/* Number of arguments.  */
+  enum operator
+  {
+    /* Without arguments:  */
+    var,			/* The variable "n".  */
+    num,			/* Decimal number.  */
+    /* Unary operators:  */
+    lnot,			/* Logical NOT.  */
+    /* Binary operators:  */
+    mult,			/* Multiplication.  */
+    divide,			/* Division.  */
+    module,			/* Modulo operation.  */
+    plus,			/* Addition.  */
+    minus,			/* Subtraction.  */
+    less_than,			/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_than,		/* Comparison.  */
+    less_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    greater_or_equal,		/* Comparison.  */
+    equal,			/* Comparison for equality.  */
+    not_equal,			/* Comparison for inequality.  */
+    land,			/* Logical AND.  */
+    lor,			/* Logical OR.  */
+    /* Ternary operators:  */
+    qmop			/* Question mark operator.  */
+  } operation;
+  union
+  {
+    unsigned long int num;	/* Number value for `num'.  */
+    struct expression *args[3];	/* Up to three arguments.  */
+  } val;
+};
+
+/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
+   the result in a thread-safe way.  */
+struct parse_args
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  struct expression *res;
+};
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  This source code is used
+   1. in the GNU C Library library,
+   2. in the GNU libintl library,
+   3. in the GNU gettext tools.
+   The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
+   binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'.  Furthermore,
+   1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
+   2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
+         must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
+   So we have to distinguish the three cases.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
+#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
+# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
+#else
+# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
+# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
+# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
+# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
+#endif
+
+extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
+     internal_function;
+extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg);
+extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
+extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
+				       struct expression **pluralp,
+				       unsigned long int *npluralsp)
+     internal_function;
+
+#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE)
+extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp,
+				      unsigned long int n);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */

intl/plural.y

@@ -0,0 +1,383 @@
+%{
+/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
+   Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca.  AIX 3 forces us
+   to put this declaration at the beginning of the file.  The declaration in
+   bison's skeleton file comes too late.  This must come before <config.h>
+   because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.
+   This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0.  */
+#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
+ #pragma alloca
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "plural-exp.h"
+
+/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
+   but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE.  */
+#ifndef _LIBC
+# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
+#endif
+
+#define YYLEX_PARAM	&((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
+#define YYPARSE_PARAM	arg
+%}
+%pure_parser
+%expect 7
+
+%union {
+  unsigned long int num;
+  enum operator op;
+  struct expression *exp;
+}
+
+%{
+/* Prototypes for local functions.  */
+static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp);
+static void yyerror (const char *str);
+
+/* Allocation of expressions.  */
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args)
+{
+  int i;
+  struct expression *newp;
+
+  /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL.  */
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    if (args[i] == NULL)
+      goto fail;
+
+  /* Allocate a new expression.  */
+  newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
+  if (newp != NULL)
+    {
+      newp->nargs = nargs;
+      newp->operation = op;
+      for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+	newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
+      return newp;
+    }
+
+ fail:
+  for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+    FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_0 (enum operator op)
+{
+  return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right)
+{
+  struct expression *args[1];
+
+  args[0] = right;
+  return new_exp (1, op, args);
+}
+
+static struct expression *
+new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right)
+{
+  struct expression *args[2];
+
+  args[0] = left;
+  args[1] = right;
+  return new_exp (2, op, args);
+}
+
+static inline struct expression *
+new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp,
+	   struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)
+{
+  struct expression *args[3];
+
+  args[0] = bexp;
+  args[1] = tbranch;
+  args[2] = fbranch;
+  return new_exp (3, op, args);
+}
+
+%}
+
+/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
+   precedence order as in C.  See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
+   There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
+   Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
+   token, to save space in the array generated by bison.  */
+%right '?'		/*   ?		*/
+%left '|'		/*   ||		*/
+%left '&'		/*   &&		*/
+%left EQUOP2		/*   == !=	*/
+%left CMPOP2		/*   < > <= >=	*/
+%left ADDOP2		/*   + -	*/
+%left MULOP2		/*   * / %	*/
+%right '!'		/*   !		*/
+
+%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
+%token <num> NUMBER
+%type <exp> exp
+
+%%
+
+start:	  exp
+	  {
+	    if ($1 == NULL)
+	      YYABORT;
+	    ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
+	  }
+	;
+
+exp:	  exp '?' exp ':' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
+	  }
+	| exp '|' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp '&' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp EQUOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp CMPOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp ADDOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| exp MULOP2 exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
+	  }
+	| '!' exp
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
+	  }
+	| 'n'
+	  {
+	    $$ = new_exp_0 (var);
+	  }
+	| NUMBER
+	  {
+	    if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
+	      $$->val.num = $1;
+	  }
+	| '(' exp ')'
+	  {
+	    $$ = $2;
+	  }
+	;
+
+%%
+
+void
+internal_function
+FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
+{
+  if (exp == NULL)
+    return;
+
+  /* Handle the recursive case.  */
+  switch (exp->nargs)
+    {
+    case 3:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 2:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    case 1:
+      FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
+      /* FALLTHROUGH */
+    default:
+      break;
+    }
+
+  free (exp);
+}
+
+
+static int
+yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)
+{
+  const char *exp = *pexp;
+  int result;
+
+  while (1)
+    {
+      if (exp[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  *pexp = exp;
+	  return YYEOF;
+	}
+
+      if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
+	break;
+
+      ++exp;
+    }
+
+  result = *exp++;
+  switch (result)
+    {
+    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+      {
+	unsigned long int n = result - '0';
+	while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
+	  {
+	    n *= 10;
+	    n += exp[0] - '0';
+	    ++exp;
+	  }
+	lval->num = n;
+	result = NUMBER;
+      }
+      break;
+
+    case '=':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '!':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = not_equal;
+	  result = EQUOP2;
+	}
+      break;
+
+    case '&':
+    case '|':
+      if (exp[0] == result)
+	++exp;
+      else
+	result = YYERRCODE;
+      break;
+
+    case '<':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = less_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = less_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '>':
+      if (exp[0] == '=')
+	{
+	  ++exp;
+	  lval->op = greater_or_equal;
+	}
+      else
+	lval->op = greater_than;
+      result = CMPOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      lval->op = mult;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '/':
+      lval->op = divide;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '%':
+      lval->op = module;
+      result = MULOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '+':
+      lval->op = plus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case '-':
+      lval->op = minus;
+      result = ADDOP2;
+      break;
+
+    case 'n':
+    case '?':
+    case ':':
+    case '(':
+    case ')':
+      /* Nothing, just return the character.  */
+      break;
+
+    case ';':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\0':
+      /* Be safe and let the user call this function again.  */
+      --exp;
+      result = YYEOF;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      result = YYERRCODE;
+#if YYDEBUG != 0
+      --exp;
+#endif
+      break;
+    }
+
+  *pexp = exp;
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+
+static void
+yyerror (const char *str)
+{
+  /* Do nothing.  We don't print error messages here.  */
+}

intl/printf-args.c

@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a)
+{
+  size_t i;
+  argument *ap;
+
+  for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
+    switch (ap->type)
+      {
+      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+	ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+	ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_SHORT:
+	ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_USHORT:
+	ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_INT:
+	ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_UINT:
+	ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+	ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+	ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
+	break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+	ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+	ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
+	break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+	ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
+	break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+	ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
+	break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_CHAR:
+	ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
+	break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+	/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
+	   default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
+	   where wint_t is 'unsigned short'.  */
+	ap->a.a_wide_char =
+	  (sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
+	   ? va_arg (args, int)
+	   : va_arg (args, wint_t));
+	break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_STRING:
+	ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
+	/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
+	   it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+	   debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+	if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
+	  ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
+	break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+	ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
+	/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
+	   it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
+	   debug output.  Use a fallback in this case.  */
+	if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
+	  {
+	    static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
+	      {
+		(wchar_t)'(',
+		(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
+		(wchar_t)')',
+		(wchar_t)0
+	      };
+	    ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
+	  }
+	break;
+#endif
+      case TYPE_POINTER:
+	ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+	ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+	ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+	ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
+	break;
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+	ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
+	break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+      case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+	ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
+	break;
+#endif
+      default:
+	/* Unknown type.  */
+	return -1;
+      }
+  return 0;
+}

intl/printf-args.h

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* Decomposed printf argument list.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get wchar_t.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get wint_t.  */
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+
+/* Argument types */
+typedef enum
+{
+  TYPE_NONE,
+  TYPE_SCHAR,
+  TYPE_UCHAR,
+  TYPE_SHORT,
+  TYPE_USHORT,
+  TYPE_INT,
+  TYPE_UINT,
+  TYPE_LONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGINT,
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+  TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
+  TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
+#endif
+  TYPE_DOUBLE,
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+  TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
+#endif
+  TYPE_CHAR,
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
+#endif
+  TYPE_STRING,
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+  TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
+#endif
+  TYPE_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
+  TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
+#endif
+} arg_type;
+
+/* Polymorphic argument */
+typedef struct
+{
+  arg_type type;
+  union
+  {
+    signed char			a_schar;
+    unsigned char		a_uchar;
+    short			a_short;
+    unsigned short		a_ushort;
+    int				a_int;
+    unsigned int		a_uint;
+    long int			a_longint;
+    unsigned long int		a_ulongint;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+    long long int		a_longlongint;
+    unsigned long long int	a_ulonglongint;
+#endif
+    float			a_float;
+    double			a_double;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+    long double			a_longdouble;
+#endif
+    int				a_char;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+    wint_t			a_wide_char;
+#endif
+    const char*			a_string;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+    const wchar_t*		a_wide_string;
+#endif
+    void*			a_pointer;
+    signed char *		a_count_schar_pointer;
+    short *			a_count_short_pointer;
+    int *			a_count_int_pointer;
+    long int *			a_count_longint_pointer;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+    long long int *		a_count_longlongint_pointer;
+#endif
+  }
+  a;
+}
+argument;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  argument *arg;
+}
+arguments;
+
+
+/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */

intl/printf-parse.c

@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings.
+   Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# include "wprintf-parse.h"
+#else
+# include "printf-parse.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Get size_t, NULL.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get intmax_t.  */
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+
+/* malloc(), realloc(), free().  */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
+# define CHAR_T wchar_t
+# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
+#else
+# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+int
+PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
+{
+  const CHAR_T *cp = format;		/* pointer into format */
+  size_t arg_posn = 0;		/* number of regular arguments consumed */
+  size_t d_allocated;			/* allocated elements of d->dir */
+  size_t a_allocated;			/* allocated elements of a->arg */
+  size_t max_width_length = 0;
+  size_t max_precision_length = 0;
+
+  d->count = 0;
+  d_allocated = 1;
+  d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+  if (d->dir == NULL)
+    /* Out of memory.  */
+    return -1;
+
+  a->count = 0;
+  a_allocated = 0;
+  a->arg = NULL;
+
+#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
+  {									\
+    size_t n = (_index_);						\
+    if (n >= a_allocated)						\
+      {									\
+	size_t memory_size;						\
+	argument *memory;						\
+									\
+	a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2);				\
+	if (a_allocated <= n)						\
+	  a_allocated = xsum (n, 1);					\
+	memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument));		\
+	if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))				\
+	  /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */			\
+	  goto error;							\
+	memory = (a->arg						\
+		  ? realloc (a->arg, memory_size)			\
+		  : malloc (memory_size));				\
+	if (memory == NULL)						\
+	  /* Out of memory.  */						\
+	  goto error;							\
+	a->arg = memory;						\
+      }									\
+    while (a->count <= n)						\
+      a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE;				\
+    if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE)					\
+      a->arg[n].type = (_type_);					\
+    else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_))				\
+      /* Ambiguous type for positional argument.  */			\
+      goto error;							\
+  }
+
+  while (*cp != '\0')
+    {
+      CHAR_T c = *cp++;
+      if (c == '%')
+	{
+	  size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+	  DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */
+
+	  /* Initialize the next directive.  */
+	  dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
+	  dp->flags = 0;
+	  dp->width_start = NULL;
+	  dp->width_end = NULL;
+	  dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+	  dp->precision_start = NULL;
+	  dp->precision_end = NULL;
+	  dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+	  dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
+
+	  /* Test for positional argument.  */
+	  if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+	    {
+	      const CHAR_T *np;
+
+	      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+		;
+	      if (*np == '$')
+		{
+		  size_t n = 0;
+
+		  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+		    n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+		  if (n == 0)
+		    /* Positional argument 0.  */
+		    goto error;
+		  if (size_overflow_p (n))
+		    /* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+		    goto error;
+		  arg_index = n - 1;
+		  cp = np + 1;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* Read the flags.  */
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      if (*cp == '\'')
+		{
+		  dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
+		  cp++;
+		}
+	      else if (*cp == '-')
+		{
+		  dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
+		  cp++;
+		}
+	      else if (*cp == '+')
+		{
+		  dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
+		  cp++;
+		}
+	      else if (*cp == ' ')
+		{
+		  dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
+		  cp++;
+		}
+	      else if (*cp == '#')
+		{
+		  dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
+		  cp++;
+		}
+	      else if (*cp == '0')
+		{
+		  dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
+		  cp++;
+		}
+	      else
+		break;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Parse the field width.  */
+	  if (*cp == '*')
+	    {
+	      dp->width_start = cp;
+	      cp++;
+	      dp->width_end = cp;
+	      if (max_width_length < 1)
+		max_width_length = 1;
+
+	      /* Test for positional argument.  */
+	      if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+		{
+		  const CHAR_T *np;
+
+		  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+		    ;
+		  if (*np == '$')
+		    {
+		      size_t n = 0;
+
+		      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+			n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+		      if (n == 0)
+			/* Positional argument 0.  */
+			goto error;
+		      if (size_overflow_p (n))
+			/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later.  */
+			goto error;
+		      dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
+		      cp = np + 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+		{
+		  dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+		  if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+		    /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+		    goto error;
+		}
+	      REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+	    }
+	  else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+	    {
+	      size_t width_length;
+
+	      dp->width_start = cp;
+	      for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+		;
+	      dp->width_end = cp;
+	      width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+	      if (max_width_length < width_length)
+		max_width_length = width_length;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Parse the precision.  */
+	  if (*cp == '.')
+	    {
+	      cp++;
+	      if (*cp == '*')
+		{
+		  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+		  cp++;
+		  dp->precision_end = cp;
+		  if (max_precision_length < 2)
+		    max_precision_length = 2;
+
+		  /* Test for positional argument.  */
+		  if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
+		    {
+		      const CHAR_T *np;
+
+		      for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+			;
+		      if (*np == '$')
+			{
+			  size_t n = 0;
+
+			  for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
+			    n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
+			  if (n == 0)
+			    /* Positional argument 0.  */
+			    goto error;
+			  if (size_overflow_p (n))
+			    /* n too large, would lead to out of memory
+			       later.  */
+			    goto error;
+			  dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
+			  cp = np + 1;
+			}
+		    }
+		  if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+		    {
+		      dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
+		      if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+			/* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+			goto error;
+		    }
+		  REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  size_t precision_length;
+
+		  dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
+		  for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
+		    ;
+		  dp->precision_end = cp;
+		  precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+		  if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
+		    max_precision_length = precision_length;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  {
+	    arg_type type;
+
+	    /* Parse argument type/size specifiers.  */
+	    {
+	      int flags = 0;
+
+	      for (;;)
+		{
+		  if (*cp == 'h')
+		    {
+		      flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
+		      cp++;
+		    }
+		  else if (*cp == 'L')
+		    {
+		      flags |= 4;
+		      cp++;
+		    }
+		  else if (*cp == 'l')
+		    {
+		      flags += 8;
+		      cp++;
+		    }
+#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T
+		  else if (*cp == 'j')
+		    {
+		      if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
+			{
+			  /* intmax_t = long long */
+			  flags += 16;
+			}
+		      else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
+			{
+			  /* intmax_t = long */
+			  flags += 8;
+			}
+		      cp++;
+		    }
+#endif
+		  else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
+		    {
+		      /* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
+			 because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
+			 only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784).  */
+		      if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
+			{
+			  /* size_t = long long */
+			  flags += 16;
+			}
+		      else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
+			{
+			  /* size_t = long */
+			  flags += 8;
+			}
+		      cp++;
+		    }
+		  else if (*cp == 't')
+		    {
+		      if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
+			{
+			  /* ptrdiff_t = long long */
+			  flags += 16;
+			}
+		      else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
+			{
+			  /* ptrdiff_t = long */
+			  flags += 8;
+			}
+		      cp++;
+		    }
+		  else
+		    break;
+		}
+
+	      /* Read the conversion character.  */
+	      c = *cp++;
+	      switch (c)
+		{
+		case 'd': case 'i':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+		    type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
+		  else
+#endif
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+		     "lld" into TYPE_LONGINT.  */
+		  if (flags >= 8)
+		    type = TYPE_LONGINT;
+		  else if (flags & 2)
+		    type = TYPE_SCHAR;
+		  else if (flags & 1)
+		    type = TYPE_SHORT;
+		  else
+		    type = TYPE_INT;
+		  break;
+		case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+		    type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
+		  else
+#endif
+		  /* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
+		     'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT.  */
+		  if (flags >= 8)
+		    type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
+		  else if (flags & 2)
+		    type = TYPE_UCHAR;
+		  else if (flags & 1)
+		    type = TYPE_USHORT;
+		  else
+		    type = TYPE_UINT;
+		  break;
+		case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+		case 'a': case 'A':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+		    type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
+		  else
+#endif
+		  type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
+		  break;
+		case 'c':
+		  if (flags >= 8)
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+		    type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+#else
+		    goto error;
+#endif
+		  else
+		    type = TYPE_CHAR;
+		  break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+		case 'C':
+		  type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
+		  c = 'c';
+		  break;
+#endif
+		case 's':
+		  if (flags >= 8)
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+		    type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+#else
+		    goto error;
+#endif
+		  else
+		    type = TYPE_STRING;
+		  break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+		case 'S':
+		  type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
+		  c = 's';
+		  break;
+#endif
+		case 'p':
+		  type = TYPE_POINTER;
+		  break;
+		case 'n':
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long':  */
+		  if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
+		    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
+		  else
+#endif
+		  /* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
+		     "lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER.  */
+		  if (flags >= 8)
+		    type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
+		  else if (flags & 2)
+		    type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
+		  else if (flags & 1)
+		    type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
+		  else
+		    type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
+		  break;
+		case '%':
+		  type = TYPE_NONE;
+		  break;
+		default:
+		  /* Unknown conversion character.  */
+		  goto error;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    if (type != TYPE_NONE)
+	      {
+		dp->arg_index = arg_index;
+		if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+		  {
+		    dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
+		    if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
+		      /* arg_posn wrapped around.  */
+		      goto error;
+		  }
+		REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
+	      }
+	    dp->conversion = c;
+	    dp->dir_end = cp;
+	  }
+
+	  d->count++;
+	  if (d->count >= d_allocated)
+	    {
+	      size_t memory_size;
+	      DIRECTIVE *memory;
+
+	      d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
+	      memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
+	      if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
+		/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+		goto error;
+	      memory = realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
+	      if (memory == NULL)
+		/* Out of memory.  */
+		goto error;
+	      d->dir = memory;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
+
+  d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
+  d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
+  return 0;
+
+error:
+  if (a->arg)
+    free (a->arg);
+  if (d->dir)
+    free (d->dir);
+  return -1;
+}
+
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef CHAR_T
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE

intl/printf-parse.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* Parse printf format string.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
+
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+
+/* Flags */
+#define FLAG_GROUP	 1	/* ' flag */
+#define FLAG_LEFT	 2	/* - flag */
+#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN	 4	/* + flag */
+#define FLAG_SPACE	 8	/* space flag */
+#define FLAG_ALT	16	/* # flag */
+#define FLAG_ZERO	32
+
+/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed.  */
+#define ARG_NONE	(~(size_t)0)
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const char* dir_start;
+  const char* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const char* width_start;
+  const char* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const char* precision_start;
+  const char* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+char_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  char_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+}
+char_directives;
+
+
+/* Parses the format string.  Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
+   in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
+   to the end of the format string.  Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
+   arguments and the needed count of arguments.  */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */

intl/printf.c

@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+# define alloca __builtin_alloca
+# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
+#else
+# ifdef _MSC_VER
+#  include <malloc.h>
+#  define alloca _alloca
+# else
+#  if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
+#   include <alloca.h>
+#  else
+#   ifdef _AIX
+ #pragma alloca
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW.  */
+#ifndef EOVERFLOW
+# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
+#endif
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions.  Note that because
+   the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
+   don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case.  */
+#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+#define STATIC static
+
+/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in.  */
+#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
+/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
+   This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
+   mingw does not have a function __printf__.  */
+# define libintl_printf __printf__
+#endif
+
+/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h".  */
+#include "printf-args.c"
+
+/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h".  */
+#include "printf-parse.c"
+
+/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h".  */
+#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
+#include "vasnprintf.c"
+#if 0 /* not needed */
+#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
+#include "asnprintf.c"
+#endif
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
+    return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  else
+    {
+      size_t length;
+      char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
+      int retval = -1;
+      if (result != NULL)
+	{
+	  size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream);
+	  free (result);
+	  if (written == length)
+	    {
+	      if (length > INT_MAX)
+		errno = EOVERFLOW;
+	      else
+		retval = length;
+	    }
+	}
+      return retval;
+    }
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
+    return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
+  else
+    {
+      size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
+      char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
+      if (result != resultbuf)
+	{
+	  free (result);
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      if (length > INT_MAX)
+	{
+	  errno = EOVERFLOW;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      else
+	return length;
+    }
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
+   /* Windows.  */
+#  define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
+# endif
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
+    return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
+  else
+    {
+      size_t maxlength = length;
+      char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
+      if (result != resultbuf)
+	{
+	  if (maxlength > 0)
+	    {
+	      size_t pruned_length =
+		(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
+	      memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length);
+	      resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0';
+	    }
+	  free (result);
+	}
+      if (length > INT_MAX)
+	{
+	  errno = EOVERFLOW;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      else
+	return length;
+    }
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
+{
+  size_t length;
+  char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    return -1;
+  if (length > INT_MAX)
+    {
+      free (result);
+      errno = EOVERFLOW;
+      return -1;
+    }
+  *resultp = result;
+  return length;
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
+
+#include <wchar.h>
+
+#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
+
+/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h".  */
+#include "printf-parse.c"
+
+/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h".  */
+#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
+#include "vasnprintf.c"
+#if 0 /* not needed */
+#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
+#include "asnprintf.c"
+#endif
+
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
+   /* Windows.  */
+#  define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define system_vswprintf vswprintf
+# endif
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
+{
+  if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
+    return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
+  else
+    {
+      size_t length;
+      wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
+      int retval = -1;
+      if (result != NULL)
+	{
+	  size_t i;
+	  for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
+	    if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
+	      break;
+	  free (result);
+	  if (i == length)
+	    {
+	      if (length > INT_MAX)
+		errno = EOVERFLOW;
+	      else
+		retval = length;
+	    }
+	}
+      return retval;
+    }
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
+{
+  return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
+{
+  if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
+    return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
+  else
+    {
+      size_t maxlength = length;
+      wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
+      if (result != resultbuf)
+	{
+	  if (maxlength > 0)
+	    {
+	      size_t pruned_length =
+		(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
+	      memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t));
+	      resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0;
+	    }
+	  free (result);
+	  /* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that
+	     would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently
+	     large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if
+	     the resultbuf was not sufficiently large.  */
+	  if (length >= maxlength)
+	    return -1;
+	}
+      if (length > INT_MAX)
+	{
+	  errno = EOVERFLOW;
+	  return -1;
+	}
+      else
+	return length;
+    }
+}
+
+DLL_EXPORTED
+int
+libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
+{
+  va_list args;
+  int retval;
+
+  va_start (args, format);
+  retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
+  va_end (args);
+  return retval;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#endif

intl/ref-add.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  ta
+  :a
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
+  tb
+  s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
+  :b
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

intl/ref-del.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+#   USA.
+#
+# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
+#
+/^# Packages using this file: / {
+  s/# Packages using this file://
+  s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
+  s/^/# Packages using this file:/
+}

intl/relocatable.c

@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+   Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#include "relocatable.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+# define xmalloc malloc
+#else
+# include "xalloc.h"
+#endif
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+# include <libcharset.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
+# include <iconv.h>
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Faked cheap 'bool'.  */
+#undef bool
+#undef false
+#undef true
+#define bool int
+#define false 0
+#define true 1
+
+/* Pathname support.
+   ISSLASH(C)           tests whether C is a directory separator character.
+   IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P)  tests whether P contains a directory specification.
+ */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+  /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
+# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
+    ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
+     && (P)[1] == ':')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
+    (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
+#else
+  /* Unix */
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
+# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
+#endif
+
+/* Original installation prefix.  */
+static char *orig_prefix;
+static size_t orig_prefix_len;
+/* Current installation prefix.  */
+static char *curr_prefix;
+static size_t curr_prefix_len;
+/* These prefixes do not end in a slash.  Anything that will be concatenated
+   to them must start with a slash.  */
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+static void
+set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
+			    const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+  if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
+      /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
+	 relocation is a nop.  */
+      && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
+    {
+      /* Duplicate the argument strings.  */
+      char *memory;
+
+      orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
+      curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
+      memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+      if (memory != NULL)
+#endif
+	{
+	  memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
+	  orig_prefix = memory;
+	  memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
+	  memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
+	  curr_prefix = memory;
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+  orig_prefix = NULL;
+  curr_prefix = NULL;
+  /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
+     called once.  */
+}
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+void
+set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
+{
+  set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+
+  /* Now notify all dependent libraries.  */
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
+  libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
+  libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
+  libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
+#endif
+}
+
+#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR)
+
+/* Convenience function:
+   Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+   installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+   file, and the current pathname of this file.  Returns NULL upon failure.  */
+#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
+#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
+static
+#endif
+const char *
+compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+		     const char *orig_installdir,
+		     const char *curr_pathname)
+{
+  const char *curr_installdir;
+  const char *rel_installdir;
+
+  if (curr_pathname == NULL)
+    return NULL;
+
+  /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
+     This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
+     orig_installdir.  */
+  if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
+      != 0)
+    /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix).  */
+    return NULL;
+  rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
+
+  /* Determine the current installation directory.  */
+  {
+    const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
+    const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
+    char *q;
+
+    while (p > p_base)
+      {
+	p--;
+	if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	  break;
+      }
+
+    q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+    if (q == NULL)
+      return NULL;
+#endif
+    memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
+    q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
+    curr_installdir = q;
+  }
+
+  /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
+     rel_installdir from it.  */
+  {
+    const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
+    const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
+    const char *cp_base =
+      curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
+
+    while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
+      {
+	bool same = false;
+	const char *rpi = rp;
+	const char *cpi = cp;
+
+	while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
+	  {
+	    rpi--;
+	    cpi--;
+	    if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
+	      {
+		if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
+		  same = true;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    /* Do case-insensitive comparison if the filesystem is always or
+	       often case-insensitive.  It's better to accept the comparison
+	       if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail.  */
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
+	    /* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
+	    if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
+		!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
+	      break;
+#else
+	    if (*rpi != *cpi)
+	      break;
+#endif
+	  }
+	if (!same)
+	  break;
+	/* The last pathname component was the same.  opi and cpi now point
+	   to the slash before it.  */
+	rp = rpi;
+	cp = cpi;
+      }
+
+    if (rp > rel_installdir)
+      /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir.  */
+      return NULL;
+
+    {
+      size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
+      char *curr_prefix;
+
+      curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+      if (curr_prefix == NULL)
+	return NULL;
+#endif
+      memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
+      curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
+
+      return curr_prefix;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
+
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+
+/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL.  */
+static char *shared_library_fullname;
+
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
+
+/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded.  */
+
+BOOL WINAPI
+DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
+{
+  (void) reserved;
+
+  if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
+    {
+      /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range.  */
+      static char location[MAX_PATH];
+
+      if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
+	/* Shouldn't happen.  */
+	return FALSE;
+
+      if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
+	/* Shouldn't happen.  */
+	return FALSE;
+
+      {
+#if defined __CYGWIN__
+	/* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls
+	   to the Unix-like slashified notation.  */
+	static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH];
+	/* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path.
+	   See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html.
+	   Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it
+	   truncate the path?  I don't know.  Let's catch both.  */
+	cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path);
+	location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0';
+	if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1)
+	  /* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation.  */
+	  return FALSE;
+	shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path);
+#else
+	shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
+#endif
+      }
+    }
+
+  return TRUE;
+}
+
+#else /* Unix except Cygwin */
+
+static void
+find_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+  /* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function.  */
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  /* Open the current process' maps file.  It describes one VMA per line.  */
+  fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
+  if (fp)
+    {
+      unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
+      for (;;)
+	{
+	  unsigned long start, end;
+	  int c;
+
+	  if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
+	    break;
+	  if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
+	    {
+	      /* Found it.  Now see if this line contains a filename.  */
+	      while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '/')
+		{
+		  size_t size;
+		  int len;
+
+		  ungetc (c, fp);
+		  shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
+		  len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
+		  if (len >= 0)
+		    {
+		      /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname.  */
+		      if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
+			shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
+		    }
+		}
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
+	    continue;
+	}
+      fclose (fp);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+#endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */
+
+/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
+   Return NULL if unknown.
+   Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32.  */
+static char *
+get_shared_library_fullname ()
+{
+#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
+  static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
+  if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
+    {
+      find_shared_library_fullname ();
+      tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
+    }
+#endif
+  return shared_library_fullname;
+}
+
+#endif /* PIC */
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+   directory.  */
+const char *
+relocate (const char *pathname)
+{
+#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
+  static int initialized;
+
+  /* Initialization code for a shared library.  */
+  if (!initialized)
+    {
+      /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
+	 set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
+	 function.  This is sufficient in the case that the library has
+	 initially been installed in the same orig_prefix.  But we can do
+	 better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
+	 in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
+	 to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
+	 orig_prefix.  */
+      const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
+      const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
+      const char *curr_prefix_better;
+
+      curr_prefix_better =
+	compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
+			     get_shared_library_fullname ());
+      if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
+	curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
+
+      set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
+
+      initialized = 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
+     even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
+     typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
+     from.  */
+  if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
+      && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
+    {
+      if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
+	/* pathname equals orig_prefix.  */
+	return curr_prefix;
+      if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
+	{
+	  /* pathname starts with orig_prefix.  */
+	  const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
+	  char *result =
+	    (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
+
+#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
+	  if (result != NULL)
+#endif
+	    {
+	      memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
+	      strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
+	      return result;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  /* Nothing to relocate.  */
+  return pathname;
+}
+
+#endif

intl/relocatable.h

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/* Provide relocatable packages.
+   Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
+#define _RELOCATABLE_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option.  */
+#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
+
+/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions.  Note that because
+   this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
+   in any case.  */
+#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
+#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
+#else
+# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
+#endif
+
+/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
+   Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
+   by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead.  Both
+   prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
+   instead of "/").  */
+extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
+       set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
+			      const char *curr_prefix);
+
+/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
+   directory.  */
+extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
+
+/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
+   a fresh pathname.  If this is a problem because your program calls
+   relocate() frequently, think about caching the result.  */
+
+/* Convenience function:
+   Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
+   installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
+   file, and the current pathname of this file.  Returns NULL upon failure.  */
+extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
+					 const char *orig_installdir,
+					 const char *curr_pathname);
+
+#else
+
+/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames.  */
+#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */

intl/textdomain.c

@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
+   Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "gettextP.h"
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <libintl.h>
+#else
+# include "libgnuintl.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Handle multi-threaded applications.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
+# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
+# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
+# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
+#else
+# include "lock.h"
+#endif
+
+/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
+   names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
+   using libintl.a cannot be linked statically.  */
+#if !defined _LIBC
+# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
+# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
+#endif
+
+/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
+
+/* Name of the default text domain.  */
+extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
+
+/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found.  */
+extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
+
+
+/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem.  They must not clash
+   with existing names and they should follow ANSI C.  But this source
+   code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
+   prefix.  So we have to make a difference here.  */
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
+# ifndef strdup
+#  define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
+# endif
+#else
+# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
+#endif
+
+/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation.  */
+gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
+
+/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
+   If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
+   If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages".  */
+char *
+TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
+{
+  char *new_domain;
+  char *old_domain;
+
+  /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting.  */
+  if (domainname == NULL)
+    return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+
+  /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages".  */
+  if (domainname[0] == '\0'
+      || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
+    {
+      _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
+      new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
+    }
+  else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
+    /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
+       environment variable changed.  */
+    new_domain = old_domain;
+  else
+    {
+      /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
+	 will be NULL.  This value will be returned and so signals we
+	 are out of core.  */
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
+      new_domain = strdup (domainname);
+#else
+      size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
+      new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
+#endif
+
+      if (new_domain != NULL)
+	_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
+    }
+
+  /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
+     since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
+     to do it.  Do it only when the call was successful.  */
+  if (new_domain != NULL)
+    {
+      ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+
+      if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
+	free (old_domain);
+    }
+
+  gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
+
+  return new_domain;
+}
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library.  */
+weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
+#endif

intl/vasnprintf.c

@@ -0,0 +1,890 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
+   This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
+   <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE    1
+#endif
+
+#include <config.h>
+#ifndef IN_LIBINTL
+# include <alloca.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Specification.  */
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# include "vasnwprintf.h"
+#else
+# include "vasnprintf.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>	/* snprintf(), sprintf() */
+#include <stdlib.h>	/* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
+#include <string.h>	/* memcpy(), strlen() */
+#include <errno.h>	/* errno */
+#include <limits.h>	/* CHAR_BIT */
+#include <float.h>	/* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# include "wprintf-parse.h"
+#else
+# include "printf-parse.h"
+#endif
+
+/* Checked size_t computations.  */
+#include "xsize.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
+#  define local_wcslen wcslen
+# else
+   /* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
+      a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
+      Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
+      twice in the same compilation unit.  */
+#  ifndef local_wcslen_defined
+#   define local_wcslen_defined 1
+static size_t
+local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
+{
+  const wchar_t *ptr;
+
+  for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
+    ;
+  return ptr - s;
+}
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
+# define CHAR_T wchar_t
+# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
+# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
+# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
+   /* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
+      on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF swprintf
+# endif
+#else
+# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
+# define CHAR_T char
+# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
+# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
+# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
+# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF)
+# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
+   /* Windows.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF _snprintf
+# else
+   /* Unix.  */
+#  define SNPRINTF snprintf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+CHAR_T *
+VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args)
+{
+  DIRECTIVES d;
+  arguments a;
+
+  if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
+    {
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+#define CLEANUP() \
+  free (d.dir);								\
+  if (a.arg)								\
+    free (a.arg);
+
+  if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0)
+    {
+      CLEANUP ();
+      errno = EINVAL;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+  {
+    size_t buf_neededlength;
+    CHAR_T *buf;
+    CHAR_T *buf_malloced;
+    const CHAR_T *cp;
+    size_t i;
+    DIRECTIVE *dp;
+    /* Output string accumulator.  */
+    CHAR_T *result;
+    size_t allocated;
+    size_t length;
+
+    /* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
+       sprintf or snprintf.  */
+    buf_neededlength =
+      xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6);
+#if HAVE_ALLOCA
+    if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T))
+      {
+	buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+	buf_malloced = NULL;
+      }
+    else
+#endif
+      {
+	size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T));
+	if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize))
+	  goto out_of_memory_1;
+	buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize);
+	if (buf == NULL)
+	  goto out_of_memory_1;
+	buf_malloced = buf;
+      }
+
+    if (resultbuf != NULL)
+      {
+	result = resultbuf;
+	allocated = *lengthp;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	result = NULL;
+	allocated = 0;
+      }
+    length = 0;
+    /* Invariants:
+       result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
+       If length > 0, then result != NULL.  */
+
+    /* Ensures that allocated >= needed.  Aborts through a jump to
+       out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big.  */
+#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \
+    if ((needed) > allocated)						     \
+      {									     \
+	size_t memory_size;						     \
+	CHAR_T *memory;							     \
+									     \
+	allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12);	     \
+	if ((needed) > allocated)					     \
+	  allocated = (needed);						     \
+	memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T));		     \
+	if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))				     \
+	  goto out_of_memory;						     \
+	if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL)			     \
+	  memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size);			     \
+	else								     \
+	  memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size);		     \
+	if (memory == NULL)						     \
+	  goto out_of_memory;						     \
+	if (result == resultbuf && length > 0)				     \
+	  memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T));		     \
+	result = memory;						     \
+      }
+
+    for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
+      {
+	if (cp != dp->dir_start)
+	  {
+	    size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
+	    size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n);
+
+	    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+	    memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+	    length = augmented_length;
+	  }
+	if (i == d.count)
+	  break;
+
+	/* Execute a single directive.  */
+	if (dp->conversion == '%')
+	  {
+	    size_t augmented_length;
+
+	    if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
+	      abort ();
+	    augmented_length = xsum (length, 1);
+	    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
+	    result[length] = '%';
+	    length = augmented_length;
+	  }
+	else
+	  {
+	    if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
+	      abort ();
+
+	    if (dp->conversion == 'n')
+	      {
+		switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
+		  {
+		  case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
+		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
+		    break;
+		  case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
+		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
+		    break;
+		  case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
+		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
+		    break;
+		  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
+		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
+		    break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
+		    *a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
+		    break;
+#endif
+		  default:
+		    abort ();
+		  }
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
+		CHAR_T *p;
+		unsigned int prefix_count;
+		int prefixes[2];
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+		size_t tmp_length;
+		CHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
+		CHAR_T *tmp;
+
+		/* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
+		   sprintf.  */
+		{
+		  size_t width;
+		  size_t precision;
+
+		  width = 0;
+		  if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+		    {
+		      if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+			{
+			  int arg;
+
+			  if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+			    abort ();
+			  arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+			  width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg);
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
+
+			  do
+			    width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+			  while (digitp != dp->width_end);
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  precision = 6;
+		  if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+		    {
+		      if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+			{
+			  int arg;
+
+			  if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+			    abort ();
+			  arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+			  precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg);
+			}
+		      else
+			{
+			  const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
+
+			  precision = 0;
+			  while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
+			    precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
+			}
+		    }
+
+		  switch (dp->conversion)
+		    {
+
+		    case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      else
+# endif
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      else
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      if (tmp_length < precision)
+			tmp_length = precision;
+		      /* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP.  */
+		      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length);
+		      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+		      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+		      break;
+
+		    case 'o':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      else
+# endif
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      else
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      if (tmp_length < precision)
+			tmp_length = precision;
+		      /* Add 1, to account for a leading sign.  */
+		      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
+		      break;
+
+		    case 'x': case 'X':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      else
+# endif
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      else
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
+					  * 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+					 )
+			  + 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
+		      if (tmp_length < precision)
+			tmp_length = precision;
+		      /* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form.  */
+		      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2);
+		      break;
+
+		    case 'f': case 'F':
+# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+		      if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
+					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+					  * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+					 )
+			  + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+			  + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+		      else
+# endif
+			tmp_length =
+			  (unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
+					  * 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
+					  * 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
+					 )
+			  + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+			  + 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
+		      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+		      break;
+
+		    case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
+		    case 'a': case 'A':
+		      tmp_length =
+			12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
+		      tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
+		      break;
+
+		    case 'c':
+# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+		      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
+			tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
+		      else
+# endif
+			tmp_length = 1;
+		      break;
+
+		    case 's':
+# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+		      if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
+			{
+			  tmp_length =
+			    local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string);
+
+#  if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
+			  tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX);
+#  endif
+			}
+		      else
+# endif
+			tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string);
+		      break;
+
+		    case 'p':
+		      tmp_length =
+			(unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
+					* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
+				       )
+			  + 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+			  + 2; /* account for leading 0x */
+		      break;
+
+		    default:
+		      abort ();
+		    }
+
+		  if (tmp_length < width)
+		    tmp_length = width;
+
+		  tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
+		}
+
+		if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T))
+		  tmp = tmpbuf;
+		else
+		  {
+		    size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T));
+
+		    if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
+		      /* Overflow, would lead to out of memory.  */
+		      goto out_of_memory;
+		    tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
+		    if (tmp == NULL)
+		      /* Out of memory.  */
+		      goto out_of_memory;
+		  }
+#endif
+
+		/* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
+		   sprintf.  */
+		p = buf;
+		*p++ = '%';
+		if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP)
+		  *p++ = '\'';
+		if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)
+		  *p++ = '-';
+		if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
+		  *p++ = '+';
+		if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE)
+		  *p++ = ' ';
+		if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT)
+		  *p++ = '#';
+		if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO)
+		  *p++ = '0';
+		if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
+		  {
+		    size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
+		    memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+		    p += n;
+		  }
+		if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
+		  {
+		    size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
+		    memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+		    p += n;
+		  }
+
+		switch (type)
+		  {
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		  case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+		  case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+		    *p++ = 'l';
+		    /*FALLTHROUGH*/
+#endif
+		  case TYPE_LONGINT:
+		  case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+		  case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+		  case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+#endif
+		    *p++ = 'l';
+		    break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+		  case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+		    *p++ = 'L';
+		    break;
+#endif
+		  default:
+		    break;
+		  }
+		*p = dp->conversion;
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+		p[1] = '%';
+		p[2] = 'n';
+		p[3] = '\0';
+#else
+		p[1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+		/* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf.  */
+		prefix_count = 0;
+		if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+		  {
+		    if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+		      abort ();
+		    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
+		  }
+		if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
+		  {
+		    if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
+		      abort ();
+		    prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
+		  }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+		/* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
+		   via %n.  */
+		ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+		result[length] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+		for (;;)
+		  {
+		    size_t maxlen;
+		    int count;
+		    int retcount;
+
+		    maxlen = allocated - length;
+		    count = -1;
+		    retcount = 0;
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+		    switch (prefix_count)				    \
+		      {							    \
+		      case 0:						    \
+			retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
+					     arg, &count);		    \
+			break;						    \
+		      case 1:						    \
+			retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
+					     prefixes[0], arg, &count);	    \
+			break;						    \
+		      case 2:						    \
+			retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf,  \
+					     prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
+					     &count);			    \
+			break;						    \
+		      default:						    \
+			abort ();					    \
+		      }
+#else
+# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
+		    switch (prefix_count)				    \
+		      {							    \
+		      case 0:						    \
+			count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg);		    \
+			break;						    \
+		      case 1:						    \
+			count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg);	    \
+			break;						    \
+		      case 2:						    \
+			count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
+					 arg);				    \
+			break;						    \
+		      default:						    \
+			abort ();					    \
+		      }
+#endif
+
+		    switch (type)
+		      {
+		      case TYPE_SCHAR:
+			{
+			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_UCHAR:
+			{
+			  unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_SHORT:
+			{
+			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_USHORT:
+			{
+			  unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_INT:
+			{
+			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_UINT:
+			{
+			  unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_LONGINT:
+			{
+			  long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_ULONGINT:
+			{
+			  unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
+		      case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
+			{
+			  long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
+			{
+			  unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#endif
+		      case TYPE_DOUBLE:
+			{
+			  double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
+		      case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
+			{
+			  long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#endif
+		      case TYPE_CHAR:
+			{
+			  int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
+		      case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+			{
+			  wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#endif
+		      case TYPE_STRING:
+			{
+			  const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
+		      case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
+			{
+			  const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+#endif
+		      case TYPE_POINTER:
+			{
+			  void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
+			  SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
+			}
+			break;
+		      default:
+			abort ();
+		      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+		    /* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
+		       are ISO C 99 compliant.  Determine the number of
+		       bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
+		       produced.  */
+		    if (count >= 0)
+		      {
+			/* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
+			   result.  */
+			if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0')
+			  abort ();
+			/* Portability hack.  */
+			if (retcount > count)
+			  count = retcount;
+		      }
+		    else
+		      {
+			/* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
+			   directive.  */
+			if (p[1] != '\0')
+			  {
+			    /* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
+			       at the snprintf() return value.  */
+			    p[1] = '\0';
+			    continue;
+			  }
+			else
+			  {
+			    /* Look at the snprintf() return value.  */
+			    if (retcount < 0)
+			      {
+				/* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
+				   It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
+				   *and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
+				   that would have been required) when the
+				   buffer is too small.  */
+				size_t bigger_need =
+				  xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12);
+				ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
+				continue;
+			      }
+			    else
+			      count = retcount;
+			  }
+		      }
+#endif
+
+		    /* Attempt to handle failure.  */
+		    if (count < 0)
+		      {
+			if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+			  free (result);
+			if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+			  free (buf_malloced);
+			CLEANUP ();
+			errno = EINVAL;
+			return NULL;
+		      }
+
+#if !USE_SNPRINTF
+		    if (count >= tmp_length)
+		      /* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
+			 code above!  */
+		      abort ();
+#endif
+
+		    /* Make room for the result.  */
+		    if (count >= maxlen)
+		      {
+			/* Need at least count bytes.  But allocate
+			   proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if
+			   snprintf() reports a too small count.  */
+			size_t n =
+			  xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2));
+
+			ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+			continue;
+#endif
+		      }
+
+#if USE_SNPRINTF
+		    /* The snprintf() result did fit.  */
+#else
+		    /* Append the sprintf() result.  */
+		    memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+		    if (tmp != tmpbuf)
+		      free (tmp);
+#endif
+
+		    length += count;
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	  }
+      }
+
+    /* Add the final NUL.  */
+    ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
+    result[length] = '\0';
+
+    if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
+      {
+	/* Shrink the allocated memory if possible.  */
+	CHAR_T *memory;
+
+	memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T));
+	if (memory != NULL)
+	  result = memory;
+      }
+
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+    CLEANUP ();
+    *lengthp = length;
+    /* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX.  POSIX
+       says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but
+       that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'.  This function does
+       not have this limitation.  */
+    return result;
+
+  out_of_memory:
+    if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
+      free (result);
+    if (buf_malloced != NULL)
+      free (buf_malloced);
+  out_of_memory_1:
+    CLEANUP ();
+    errno = ENOMEM;
+    return NULL;
+  }
+}
+
+#undef SNPRINTF
+#undef USE_SNPRINTF
+#undef PRINTF_PARSE
+#undef DIRECTIVES
+#undef DIRECTIVE
+#undef CHAR_T
+#undef VASNPRINTF

intl/vasnprintf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
+#define _VASNPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifndef __attribute__
+/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
+/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
+   are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
+   You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
+   size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
+   If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
+   if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
+   number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  Upon error, set
+   errno and return NULL.
+
+   When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
+   alone (with possibly modified contents).  This makes it possible to use
+   a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
+
+          char buf[100];
+          size_t len = sizeof (buf);
+          char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
+          if (output == NULL)
+            ... error handling ...;
+          else
+            {
+              ... use the output string ...;
+              if (output != buf)
+                free (output);
+            }
+  */
+extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
+       __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
+extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
+       __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */

intl/vasnwprintf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
+   Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
+#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
+
+/* Get va_list.  */
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+/* Get wchar_t, size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
+   You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
+   size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
+   If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
+   if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
+   number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL.  Upon error, set
+   errno and return NULL.  */
+extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
+extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
+
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */

intl/version.c

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+/* libintl library version.
+   Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "libgnuintl.h"
+
+/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
+int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION;

intl/wprintf-parse.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* Parse printf format string.
+   Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
+#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
+
+#include "printf-args.h"
+
+
+/* Flags */
+#define FLAG_GROUP	 1	/* ' flag */
+#define FLAG_LEFT	 2	/* - flag */
+#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN	 4	/* + flag */
+#define FLAG_SPACE	 8	/* space flag */
+#define FLAG_ALT	16	/* # flag */
+#define FLAG_ZERO	32
+
+/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed.  */
+#define ARG_NONE	(~(size_t)0)
+
+/* A parsed directive.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  const wchar_t* dir_start;
+  const wchar_t* dir_end;
+  int flags;
+  const wchar_t* width_start;
+  const wchar_t* width_end;
+  size_t width_arg_index;
+  const wchar_t* precision_start;
+  const wchar_t* precision_end;
+  size_t precision_arg_index;
+  wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
+  size_t arg_index;
+}
+wchar_t_directive;
+
+/* A parsed format string.  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  size_t count;
+  wchar_t_directive *dir;
+  size_t max_width_length;
+  size_t max_precision_length;
+}
+wchar_t_directives;
+
+
+/* Parses the format string.  Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
+   in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
+   to the end of the format string.  Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
+   arguments and the needed count of arguments.  */
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#else
+extern
+#endif
+int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
+
+#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */

intl/xsize.h

@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
+   USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _XSIZE_H
+#define _XSIZE_H
+
+/* Get size_t.  */
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Get SIZE_MAX.  */
+#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+# include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+
+/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
+   type size_t. Example:
+      void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
+   These computations can lead to overflow.  When this happens, malloc()
+   returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
+   crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
+   To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
+   The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
+   malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
+   implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
+   or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
+   The example thus becomes:
+      size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
+      void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
+*/
+
+/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t.  */
+#define xcast_size_t(N) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  size_t sum = size1 + size2;
+  return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
+}
+
+/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
+}
+
+/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
+{
+  return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
+}
+
+/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check.  */
+static inline size_t
+#if __GNUC__ >= 3
+__attribute__ ((__pure__))
+#endif
+xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
+{
+  /* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
+     max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX.  */
+  return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
+}
+
+/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
+   The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
+   This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
+   when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX.  */
+#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
+  ((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
+
+/* Check for overflow.  */
+#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
+/* Check against overflow.  */
+#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
+  ((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
+
+#endif /* _XSIZE_H */

m4/codeset.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+# codeset.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
+    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
+      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); return !cs;],
+      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
+      am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
+    ])
+  if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
+      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
+  fi
+])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
+# gettext.m4 serial 59 (gettext-0.16.1)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006.
+
+dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
+dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
+dnl    default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
+dnl    INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
+dnl    and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
+dnl    If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
+dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
+dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
+dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
+dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
+dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
+dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
+dnl    will be ignored.  If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
+dnl    'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
+dnl    support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
+dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
+dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
+dnl
+dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
+dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
+dnl    and used.
+dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
+dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
+dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
+dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
+dnl    Catalog format: none
+dnl    Catalog extension: none
+dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
+dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
+dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
+dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
+dnl maintainers.
+dnl
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
+[
+  dnl Argument checking.
+  ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
+    [errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])])
+  ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
+    [errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+])])])])
+  define([gt_included_intl],
+    ifelse([$1], [external],
+      ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]),
+      [yes]))
+  define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
+  gt_NEEDS_INIT
+  AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2])
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+    AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
+  ])
+
+  dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+
+  dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+  dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
+  dnl      if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+  dnl        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
+  dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
+  dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
+  dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
+  dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
+  dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
+  dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
+  dnl documented, we avoid it.
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+    AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
+  ])
+
+  dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation.
+  gt_INTL_MACOSX
+
+  dnl Set USE_NLS.
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])
+
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
+  ])
+  LIBINTL=
+  LTLIBINTL=
+  POSUB=
+
+  dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
+  case " $gt_needs " in
+    *" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;;
+    *" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;;
+    *) gt_api_version=1 ;;
+  esac
+  gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc"
+  gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl"
+
+  dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
+  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+    gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
+    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
+      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
+        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
+        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
+      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
+
+      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
+      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
+    ])
+        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
+        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
+        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
+
+        if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then
+          gt_revision_test_code='
+#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
+#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
+#endif
+changequote(,)dnl
+typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
+changequote([,])dnl
+'
+        else
+          gt_revision_test_code=
+        fi
+        if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then
+          gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)'
+        else
+          gt_expression_test_code=
+        fi
+
+        AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc],
+         [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
+            [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
+            [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"],
+            [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])])
+
+        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
+          dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
+          ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
+            AM_ICONV_LINK
+          ])
+          dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
+          dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
+          dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
+          dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
+          AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
+          AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
+            [$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl],
+           [gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+            CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
+            gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+            LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
+            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
+            AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
+              [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
+              [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"],
+              [eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"])
+            dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
+            if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
+              LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
+              AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
+$gt_revision_test_code
+extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
+extern
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+"C"
+#endif
+const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
+                [bindtextdomain ("", "");
+return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
+               [LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
+                LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
+                eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"
+               ])
+            fi
+            CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
+            LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+        fi
+
+        dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
+        dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
+        dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
+        dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
+        if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
+           || { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
+                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
+                && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
+          gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
+        else
+          dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
+          LIBINTL=
+          LTLIBINTL=
+          INCINTL=
+        fi
+
+    ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+        if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
+          dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
+          dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
+          nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
+        fi
+      fi
+
+      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
+        BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+        LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD"
+        LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD"
+        LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
+      fi
+
+      CATOBJEXT=
+      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
+        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
+      fi
+    ])
+
+    if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
+      if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+         || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+        dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking.
+        LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
+        LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
+      fi
+    fi
+
+    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
+       || test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
+      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
+        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
+   is requested.])
+    else
+      USE_NLS=no
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
+  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
+    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+      if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
+        gt_source="external libintl"
+      else
+        gt_source="libc"
+      fi
+    else
+      gt_source="included intl directory"
+    fi
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
+  fi
+
+  if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
+
+    if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
+      if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
+        AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
+        AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
+        AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
+      fi
+
+      dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
+       [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
+       [Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
+    fi
+
+    dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
+    POSUB=po
+  fi
+
+  ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
+    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
+    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
+    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
+      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
+    fi
+
+    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
+    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
+    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
+    nls_cv_header_intl=
+    nls_cv_header_libgt=
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    DATADIRNAME=share
+    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
+    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    GENCAT=gencat
+    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
+
+    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+    INTLOBJS=
+    if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
+      INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
+    fi
+    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
+
+    dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
+    INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
+    AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
+  ])
+
+  dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
+  INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
+  AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
+
+  dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
+  AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
+  AC_SUBST(POSUB)
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X.
+dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX],
+[
+  dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
+    gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue,
+    [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+     LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+     AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>],
+       [CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no])
+     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+  if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+  fi
+  dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent,
+    [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+     LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+     AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h>], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes],
+       [gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no])
+     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
+  if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.])
+  fi
+  INTL_MACOSX_LIBS=
+  if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
+    INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS])
+])
+
+
+dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized.
+m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT],
+[
+  m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=])
+  m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [])
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED],
+[
+  m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"])
+])
+
+
+dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])

m4/intl.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+# intl.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
+dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
+dnl            USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_GLIBC2])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_VISIBILITY])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_GLIBC21])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTL_MACOSX])dnl
+
+  AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], ,
+    [AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long],
+       [Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.])
+    ])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stddef.h stdlib.h string.h])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf putenv setenv setlocale snprintf wcslen])
+
+  dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it
+  dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter).
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
+
+  dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
+  dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
+  dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
+  dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
+  dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
+
+  case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
+    *yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;;
+    *) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;;
+  esac
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF])
+  if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then
+    HAVE_ASPRINTF=1
+  else
+    HAVE_ASPRINTF=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF])
+  if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then
+    HAVE_SNPRINTF=1
+  else
+    HAVE_SNPRINTF=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF])
+  if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then
+    HAVE_WPRINTF=1
+  else
+    HAVE_WPRINTF=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF])
+
+  AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
+  gt_LC_MESSAGES
+
+  dnl Compilation on mingw and Cygwin needs special Makefile rules, because
+  dnl 1. when we install a shared library, we must arrange to export
+  dnl    auxiliary pointer variables for every exported variable,
+  dnl 2. when we install a shared library and a static library simultaneously,
+  dnl    the include file specifies __declspec(dllimport) and therefore we
+  dnl    must arrange to define the auxiliary pointer variables for the
+  dnl    exported variables _also_ in the static library.
+  if test "$enable_shared" = yes; then
+    case "$host_os" in
+      cygwin*) is_woe32dll=yes ;;
+      *) is_woe32dll=no ;;
+    esac
+  else
+    is_woe32dll=no
+  fi
+  WOE32DLL=$is_woe32dll
+  AC_SUBST([WOE32DLL])
+
+  dnl Rename some macros and functions used for locking.
+  AH_BOTTOM([
+#define __libc_lock_t                   gl_lock_t
+#define __libc_lock_define              gl_lock_define
+#define __libc_lock_define_initialized  gl_lock_define_initialized
+#define __libc_lock_init                gl_lock_init
+#define __libc_lock_lock                gl_lock_lock
+#define __libc_lock_unlock              gl_lock_unlock
+#define __libc_lock_recursive_t                   gl_recursive_lock_t
+#define __libc_lock_define_recursive              gl_recursive_lock_define
+#define __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive  gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized
+#define __libc_lock_init_recursive                gl_recursive_lock_init
+#define __libc_lock_lock_recursive                gl_recursive_lock_lock
+#define __libc_lock_unlock_recursive              gl_recursive_lock_unlock
+#define glthread_in_use  libintl_thread_in_use
+#define glthread_lock_init     libintl_lock_init
+#define glthread_lock_lock     libintl_lock_lock
+#define glthread_lock_unlock   libintl_lock_unlock
+#define glthread_lock_destroy  libintl_lock_destroy
+#define glthread_rwlock_init     libintl_rwlock_init
+#define glthread_rwlock_rdlock   libintl_rwlock_rdlock
+#define glthread_rwlock_wrlock   libintl_rwlock_wrlock
+#define glthread_rwlock_unlock   libintl_rwlock_unlock
+#define glthread_rwlock_destroy  libintl_rwlock_destroy
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_init     libintl_recursive_lock_init
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_lock     libintl_recursive_lock_lock
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock   libintl_recursive_lock_unlock
+#define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy  libintl_recursive_lock_destroy
+#define glthread_once                 libintl_once
+#define glthread_once_call            libintl_once_call
+#define glthread_once_singlethreaded  libintl_once_singlethreaded
+])
+])
+
+
+dnl Checks for the core files of the intl subdirectory:
+dnl   dcigettext.c
+dnl   eval-plural.h
+dnl   explodename.c
+dnl   finddomain.c
+dnl   gettextP.h
+dnl   gmo.h
+dnl   hash-string.h hash-string.c
+dnl   l10nflist.c
+dnl   libgnuintl.h.in (except the *printf stuff)
+dnl   loadinfo.h
+dnl   loadmsgcat.c
+dnl   localealias.c
+dnl   log.c
+dnl   plural-exp.h plural-exp.c
+dnl   plural.y
+dnl Used by libglocale.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK])dnl
+
+  AC_TRY_LINK(
+    [int foo (int a) { a = __builtin_expect (a, 10); return a == 10 ? 0 : 1; }],
+    [],
+    [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT], 1,
+       [Define to 1 if the compiler understands __builtin_expect.])])
+
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h inttypes.h limits.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap \
+    stpcpy strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch argz_count argz_stringify \
+    argz_next __fsetlocking])
+
+  dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
+  dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
+  dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
+  dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
+  dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
+  gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
+
+  AM_ICONV
+
+  dnl glibc >= 2.4 has a NL_LOCALE_NAME macro when _GNU_SOURCE is defined,
+  dnl and a _NL_LOCALE_NAME macro always.
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for NL_LOCALE_NAME macro], gt_cv_nl_locale_name,
+    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>
+#include <locale.h>],
+      [char* cs = nl_langinfo(_NL_LOCALE_NAME(LC_MESSAGES));],
+      gt_cv_nl_locale_name=yes,
+      gt_cv_nl_locale_name=no)
+    ])
+  if test $gt_cv_nl_locale_name = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME, 1,
+      [Define if you have <langinfo.h> and it defines the NL_LOCALE_NAME macro if _GNU_SOURCE is defined.])
+  fi
+
+  dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
+  dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
+  dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
+  dnl compile.
+  dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
+  dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
+  dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
+  dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
+  dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
+  dnl present or too old.
+  AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
+  if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
+    ac_verc_fail=yes
+  else
+    dnl Found it, now check the version.
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
+changequote(<<,>>)dnl
+    ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
+    case $ac_prog_version in
+      '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+      1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
+changequote([,])dnl
+         ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
+      *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
+    esac
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
+  fi
+  if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
+    INTLBISON=:
+  fi
+])
+
+
+dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES)
+dnl Check whether a function is declared.
+AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [
+#ifndef $1
+  char *p = (char *) $1;
+#endif
+], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)])
+  if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then
+    gt_value=1
+  else
+    gt_value=0
+  fi
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value],
+    [Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.])
+])

m4/intldir.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# intldir.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+dnl Tells the AM_GNU_GETTEXT macro to consider an intl/ directory.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_INTL_SUBDIR], [])

m4/intmax.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+# intmax.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether the system has the 'intmax_t' type, but don't attempt to
+dnl find a replacement if it is lacking.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t,
+    [AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#endif
+],     [intmax_t x = -1;
+        return !x;],
+       gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes,
+       gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
+  fi
+])

m4/inttypes-pri.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.52)
+
+# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
+# macros to non-string values.  This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([inttypes.h])
+  if test $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+    AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
+      gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
+      [
+        AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
+#ifdef PRId32
+char *p = PRId32;
+#endif
+], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
+      ])
+  fi
+  if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
+      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
+    PRI_MACROS_BROKEN=1
+  else
+    PRI_MACROS_BROKEN=0
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([PRI_MACROS_BROKEN])
+])

m4/inttypes_h.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# inttypes_h.m4 serial 7
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gl_cv_header_inttypes_h,
+  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+    [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>],
+    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1; return !i;],
+    gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
+    gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
+  if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+      [Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+       and declares uintmax_t. ])
+  fi
+])

m4/lib-link.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+# lib-link.m4 serial 9 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
+dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
+    AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
+    ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
+  ])
+  LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
+  LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
+  INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
+  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+  dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
+  dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
+  HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+  undefine([Name])
+  undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
+dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
+dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
+dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
+dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
+dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
+dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
+dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+
+  dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
+  dnl accordingly.
+  AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
+
+  dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
+  dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
+  dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
+  ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+  AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
+
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
+    ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+    LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
+    AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
+    LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
+  ])
+  if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
+    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
+  else
+    HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
+    dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
+    dnl $INC[]NAME either.
+    CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
+    LIB[]NAME=
+    LTLIB[]NAME=
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
+  AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
+  undefine([Name])
+  undefine([NAME])
+])
+
+dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
+dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
+dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
+[
+  dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
+  m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])                dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD])            dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])         dnl we use $host
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
+    CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
+    ${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
+    . ./conftest.sh
+    rm -f ./conftest.sh
+    acl_cv_rpath=done
+  ])
+  wl="$acl_cv_wl"
+  libext="$acl_cv_libext"
+  shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
+  hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
+  hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
+  hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
+  hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
+  dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
+    [  --disable-rpath         do not hardcode runtime library paths],
+    :, enable_rpath=yes)
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
+dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
+dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
+  define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
+                               [ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
+  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+  use_additional=yes
+  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+  ])
+  AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
+[  --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR]  search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+  --without-lib$1-prefix     don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
+[
+    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+      use_additional=no
+    else
+      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+        ])
+      else
+        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+        additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
+      fi
+    fi
+])
+  dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
+  dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
+  LIB[]NAME=
+  LTLIB[]NAME=
+  INC[]NAME=
+  rpathdirs=
+  ltrpathdirs=
+  names_already_handled=
+  names_next_round='$1 $2'
+  while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
+    names_this_round="$names_next_round"
+    names_next_round=
+    for name in $names_this_round; do
+      already_handled=
+      for n in $names_already_handled; do
+        if test "$n" = "$name"; then
+          already_handled=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$already_handled"; then
+        names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
+        dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
+        dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
+        uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
+        eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
+        if test -n "$value"; then
+          if test "$value" = yes; then
+            eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
+            test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+            eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
+            test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
+          else
+            dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
+            dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
+            :
+          fi
+        else
+          dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
+          dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
+          found_dir=
+          found_la=
+          found_so=
+          found_a=
+          if test $use_additional = yes; then
+            if test -n "$shlibext" \
+               && { test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" \
+                    || { test "$shlibext" = dll \
+                         && test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then
+              found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+                found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+              else
+                found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a"
+              fi
+              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+                found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+              fi
+            else
+              if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+                found_dir="$additional_libdir"
+                found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
+                if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
+                  found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
+                fi
+              fi
+            fi
+          fi
+          if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
+            for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+              AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+              case "$x" in
+                -L*)
+                  dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+                  if test -n "$shlibext" \
+                     && { test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" \
+                          || { test "$shlibext" = dll \
+                               && test -f "$dir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then
+                    found_dir="$dir"
+                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
+                      found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
+                    else
+                      found_so="$dir/lib$name.dll.a"
+                    fi
+                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+                      found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+                    fi
+                  else
+                    if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
+                      found_dir="$dir"
+                      found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
+                      if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
+                        found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                  ;;
+              esac
+              if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+                break
+              fi
+            done
+          fi
+          if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
+            dnl Found the library.
+            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+            if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
+              dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
+              dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
+              dnl standard /usr/lib.
+              if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                dnl No hardcoding is needed.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+              else
+                dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+                dnl binary.
+                dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+                dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+                haveit=
+                for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+                  if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+                    haveit=yes
+                    break
+                  fi
+                done
+                if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                  ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
+                fi
+                dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
+                if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
+                  dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
+                  dnl resulting binary.
+                  LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                else
+                  if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+                    dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
+                    dnl binary.
+                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                    dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+                    dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+                    haveit=
+                    for x in $rpathdirs; do
+                      if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
+                        haveit=yes
+                        break
+                      fi
+                    done
+                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                      rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
+                    fi
+                  else
+                    dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
+                    dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
+                    dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
+                    haveit=
+                    for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+                      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                      if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
+                        haveit=yes
+                        break
+                      fi
+                    done
+                    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
+                    fi
+                    if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
+                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+                      dnl here.
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
+                    else
+                      dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
+                      dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
+                      dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
+                      dnl very old systems.
+                      dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
+                      dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
+                      dnl here.
+                      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                fi
+              fi
+            else
+              if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
+                dnl Linking with a static library.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
+              else
+                dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
+                dnl fallback.
+                LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
+              fi
+            fi
+            dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
+            additional_includedir=
+            case "$found_dir" in
+              */$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/)
+                basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'`
+                additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
+                ;;
+            esac
+            if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
+              dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+              dnl But don't add it
+              dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+              dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+              dnl   3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
+              dnl      constructed $INCNAME,
+              dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+              if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+                haveit=
+                if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+                  if test -n "$GCC"; then
+                    case $host_os in
+                      linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+                    esac
+                  fi
+                fi
+                if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                  for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
+                    AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                    if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+                      haveit=yes
+                      break
+                    fi
+                  done
+                  if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                    if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+                      dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
+                      INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+                    fi
+                  fi
+                fi
+              fi
+            fi
+            dnl Look for dependencies.
+            if test -n "$found_la"; then
+              dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
+              dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
+              dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
+              save_libdir="$libdir"
+              case "$found_la" in
+                */* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
+                *) . "./$found_la" ;;
+              esac
+              libdir="$save_libdir"
+              dnl We use only dependency_libs.
+              for dep in $dependency_libs; do
+                case "$dep" in
+                  -L*)
+                    additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
+                    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
+                    dnl But don't add it
+                    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+                    dnl   2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+                    dnl   3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
+                    dnl      constructed $LIBNAME,
+                    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+                    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                      haveit=
+                      if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                        if test -n "$GCC"; then
+                          case $host_os in
+                            linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+                          esac
+                        fi
+                      fi
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        haveit=
+                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
+                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+                            haveit=yes
+                            break
+                          fi
+                        done
+                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
+                            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+                          fi
+                        fi
+                        haveit=
+                        for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
+                          AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+                          if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+                            haveit=yes
+                            break
+                          fi
+                        done
+                        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+                            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
+                            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+                          fi
+                        fi
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                    ;;
+                  -R*)
+                    dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
+                    if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+                      dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
+                      dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
+                      haveit=
+                      for x in $rpathdirs; do
+                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+                          haveit=yes
+                          break
+                        fi
+                      done
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+                      fi
+                      dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
+                      dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
+                      haveit=
+                      for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
+                        if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
+                          haveit=yes
+                          break
+                        fi
+                      done
+                      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+                        ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
+                      fi
+                    fi
+                    ;;
+                  -l*)
+                    dnl Handle this in the next round.
+                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
+                    ;;
+                  *.la)
+                    dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
+                    dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
+                    dnl option.
+                    names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
+                    ;;
+                  *)
+                    dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
+                    LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+                    LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
+                    ;;
+                esac
+              done
+            fi
+          else
+            dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
+            dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
+            dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
+            dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
+            LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+            LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    done
+  done
+  if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+      dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
+      dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
+      dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
+      alldirs=
+      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+        alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
+      done
+      dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
+      acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+      libdir="$alldirs"
+      eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+      libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+      LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+    else
+      dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+      for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
+        acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+        libdir="$found_dir"
+        eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+        libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+        LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
+      done
+    fi
+  fi
+  if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
+    dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
+    dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
+    for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
+      LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
+    done
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
+dnl unless already present in VAR.
+dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
+dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
+[
+  for element in [$2]; do
+    haveit=
+    for x in $[$1]; do
+      AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+      if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
+        haveit=yes
+        break
+      fi
+    done
+    if test -z "$haveit"; then
+      [$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
+    fi
+  done
+])
+
+dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options
+dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the
+dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path.
+dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL])
+dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE.
+dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed,
+dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
+  $1=
+  if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
+    if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
+      dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting
+      dnl binary.
+      rpathdirs=
+      next=
+      for opt in $2; do
+        if test -n "$next"; then
+          dir="$next"
+          dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
+          if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+            rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+          fi
+          next=
+        else
+          case $opt in
+            -L) next=yes ;;
+            -L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'`
+                 dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
+                 if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+                   rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
+                 fi
+                 next= ;;
+            *) next= ;;
+          esac
+        fi
+      done
+      if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
+        if test -n ""$3""; then
+          dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options.
+          for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+            $1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir"
+          done
+        else
+          dnl The linker is used for linking directly.
+          if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
+            dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user
+            dnl must pass all path elements in one option.
+            alldirs=
+            for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+              alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir"
+            done
+            acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+            libdir="$alldirs"
+            eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+            libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+            $1="$flag"
+          else
+            dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
+            for dir in $rpathdirs; do
+              acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
+              libdir="$dir"
+              eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
+              libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
+              $1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag"
+            done
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([$1])
+])

m4/lib-prefix.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+# lib-prefix.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
+dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
+dnl require excessive bracketing.
+ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
+[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
+dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
+dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
+dnl with the same --prefix option.
+dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
+dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
+[
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
+  dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
+  use_additional=yes
+  AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+    eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+    eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+  ])
+  AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
+[  --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
+  --without-lib-prefix    don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
+[
+    if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
+      use_additional=no
+    else
+      if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
+          eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
+          eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
+        ])
+      else
+        additional_includedir="$withval/include"
+        additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
+      fi
+    fi
+])
+  if test $use_additional = yes; then
+    dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+    dnl But don't add it
+    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
+    dnl   2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
+    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
+    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+    if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
+      haveit=
+      for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+        if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
+          haveit=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+        if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
+          if test -n "$GCC"; then
+            case $host_os in
+              linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
+            esac
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+          if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
+            dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
+            CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+    dnl But don't add it
+    dnl   1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
+    dnl   2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
+    dnl   3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
+    dnl   4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
+    if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+      haveit=
+      for x in $LDFLAGS; do
+        AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
+        if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
+          haveit=yes
+          break
+        fi
+      done
+      if test -z "$haveit"; then
+        if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
+          if test -n "$GCC"; then
+            case $host_os in
+              linux*) haveit=yes;;
+            esac
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -z "$haveit"; then
+          if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
+            dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
+            LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
+dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
+dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
+[
+  dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
+  dnl at the end of configure.
+  if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+    acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
+  else
+    acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
+  fi
+  if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
+    acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
+  else
+    acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+  fi
+  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+  eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
+  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
+dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
+dnl at the end of the configure script.
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
+[
+  acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
+  acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
+  exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
+  $1
+  exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
+  prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
+])
+
+dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates a variable acl_libdirstem, containing
+dnl the basename of the libdir, either "lib" or "lib64".
+AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB],
+[
+  dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64. The current
+  dnl practice is that on a system supporting 32-bit and 64-bit instruction
+  dnl sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit
+  dnl libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine the compiler's default
+  dnl mode by looking at the compiler's library search path. If at least
+  dnl of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a directory whose absolute
+  dnl pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI. Otherwise we use the
+  dnl default, namely "lib".
+  acl_libdirstem=lib
+  searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'`
+  if test -n "$searchpath"; then
+    acl_save_IFS="${IFS= 	}"; IFS=":"
+    for searchdir in $searchpath; do
+      if test -d "$searchdir"; then
+        case "$searchdir" in
+          */lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
+          *) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd`
+             case "$searchdir" in
+               */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
+             esac ;;
+        esac
+      fi
+    done
+    IFS="$acl_save_IFS"
+  fi
+])

m4/lock.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+# lock.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.16)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl Tests for a multithreading library to be used.
+dnl Defines at most one of the macros USE_POSIX_THREADS, USE_SOLARIS_THREADS,
+dnl USE_PTH_THREADS, USE_WIN32_THREADS
+dnl Sets the variables LIBTHREAD and LTLIBTHREAD to the linker options for use
+dnl in a Makefile (LIBTHREAD for use without libtool, LTLIBTHREAD for use with
+dnl libtool).
+dnl Sets the variables LIBMULTITHREAD and LTLIBMULTITHREAD similarly, for
+dnl programs that really need multithread functionality. The difference
+dnl between LIBTHREAD and LIBMULTITHREAD is that on platforms supporting weak
+dnl symbols, typically LIBTHREAD="" whereas LIBMULTITHREAD="-lpthread".
+dnl Adds to CPPFLAGS the flag -D_REENTRANT or -D_THREAD_SAFE if needed for
+dnl multithread-safe programs.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_EARLY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY])
+])
+
+dnl The guts of gl_LOCK_EARLY. Needs to be expanded only once.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY],
+[
+  dnl Ordering constraints: This macro modifies CPPFLAGS in a way that
+  dnl influences the result of the autoconf tests that test for *_unlocked
+  dnl declarations, on AIX 5 at least. Therefore it must come early.
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [gl_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO])dnl
+  AC_BEFORE([$0], [gl_ARGP])dnl
+
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE]) dnl needed for pthread_rwlock_t on glibc systems
+  dnl Check for multithreading.
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
+AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads={posix|solaris|pth|win32}], [specify multithreading API])
+AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-threads], [build without multithread safety]),
+    [gl_use_threads=$enableval],
+    [case "$host_os" in
+       dnl Disable multithreading by default on OSF/1, because it interferes
+       dnl with fork()/exec(): When msgexec is linked with -lpthread, its child
+       dnl process gets an endless segmentation fault inside execvp().
+       osf*) gl_use_threads=no ;;
+       *)    gl_use_threads=yes ;;
+     esac
+    ])
+  if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = posix; then
+    # For using <pthread.h>:
+    case "$host_os" in
+      osf*)
+        # On OSF/1, the compiler needs the flag -D_REENTRANT so that it
+        # groks <pthread.h>. cc also understands the flag -pthread, but
+        # we don't use it because 1. gcc-2.95 doesn't understand -pthread,
+        # 2. putting a flag into CPPFLAGS that has an effect on the linker
+        # causes the AC_TRY_LINK test below to succeed unexpectedly,
+        # leading to wrong values of LIBTHREAD and LTLIBTHREAD.
+        CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_REENTRANT"
+        ;;
+    esac
+    # Some systems optimize for single-threaded programs by default, and
+    # need special flags to disable these optimizations. For example, the
+    # definition of 'errno' in <errno.h>.
+    case "$host_os" in
+      aix* | freebsd*) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_THREAD_SAFE" ;;
+      solaris*) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_REENTRANT" ;;
+    esac
+  fi
+])
+
+dnl The guts of gl_LOCK. Needs to be expanded only once.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_BODY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY])
+  gl_threads_api=none
+  LIBTHREAD=
+  LTLIBTHREAD=
+  LIBMULTITHREAD=
+  LTLIBMULTITHREAD=
+  if test "$gl_use_threads" != no; then
+    dnl Check whether the compiler and linker support weak declarations.
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether imported symbols can be declared weak])
+    gl_have_weak=no
+    AC_TRY_LINK([extern void xyzzy ();
+#pragma weak xyzzy], [xyzzy();], [gl_have_weak=yes])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_have_weak])
+    if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = posix; then
+      # On OSF/1, the compiler needs the flag -pthread or -D_REENTRANT so that
+      # it groks <pthread.h>. It's added above, in gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY.
+      AC_CHECK_HEADER(pthread.h, gl_have_pthread_h=yes, gl_have_pthread_h=no)
+      if test "$gl_have_pthread_h" = yes; then
+        # Other possible tests:
+        #   -lpthreads (FSU threads, PCthreads)
+        #   -lgthreads
+        gl_have_pthread=
+        # Test whether both pthread_mutex_lock and pthread_mutexattr_init exist
+        # in libc. IRIX 6.5 has the first one in both libc and libpthread, but
+        # the second one only in libpthread, and lock.c needs it.
+        AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
+          [pthread_mutex_lock((pthread_mutex_t*)0);
+           pthread_mutexattr_init((pthread_mutexattr_t*)0);],
+          [gl_have_pthread=yes])
+        # Test for libpthread by looking for pthread_kill. (Not pthread_self,
+        # since it is defined as a macro on OSF/1.)
+        if test -n "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+          # The program links fine without libpthread. But it may actually
+          # need to link with libpthread in order to create multiple threads.
+          AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_kill,
+            [LIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread
+             # On Solaris and HP-UX, most pthread functions exist also in libc.
+             # Therefore pthread_in_use() needs to actually try to create a
+             # thread: pthread_create from libc will fail, whereas
+             # pthread_create will actually create a thread.
+             case "$host_os" in
+               solaris* | hpux*)
+                 AC_DEFINE([PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD], 1,
+                   [Define if the pthread_in_use() detection is hard.])
+             esac
+            ])
+        else
+          # Some library is needed. Try libpthread and libc_r.
+          AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_kill,
+            [gl_have_pthread=yes
+             LIBTHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBTHREAD=-lpthread
+             LIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread])
+          if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+            # For FreeBSD 4.
+            AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_kill,
+              [gl_have_pthread=yes
+               LIBTHREAD=-lc_r LTLIBTHREAD=-lc_r
+               LIBMULTITHREAD=-lc_r LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lc_r])
+          fi
+        fi
+        if test -n "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+          gl_threads_api=posix
+          AC_DEFINE([USE_POSIX_THREADS], 1,
+            [Define if the POSIX multithreading library can be used.])
+          if test -n "$LIBMULTITHREAD" || test -n "$LTLIBMULTITHREAD"; then
+            if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
+              AC_DEFINE([USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
+                [Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library should be made weak.])
+              LIBTHREAD=
+              LTLIBTHREAD=
+            fi
+          fi
+          # OSF/1 4.0 and MacOS X 10.1 lack the pthread_rwlock_t type and the
+          # pthread_rwlock_* functions.
+          AC_CHECK_TYPE([pthread_rwlock_t],
+            [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK], 1,
+               [Define if the POSIX multithreading library has read/write locks.])],
+            [],
+            [#include <pthread.h>])
+          # glibc defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE as enum, not as a macro.
+          AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pthread.h>],
+            [#if __FreeBSD__ == 4
+error "No, in FreeBSD 4.0 recursive mutexes actually don't work."
+#else
+int x = (int)PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE;
+return !x;
+#endif],
+            [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE], 1,
+               [Define if the <pthread.h> defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.])])
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+      if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = solaris; then
+        gl_have_solaristhread=
+        gl_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+        LIBS="$LIBS -lthread"
+        AC_TRY_LINK([#include <thread.h>
+#include <synch.h>],
+          [thr_self();],
+          [gl_have_solaristhread=yes])
+        LIBS="$gl_save_LIBS"
+        if test -n "$gl_have_solaristhread"; then
+          gl_threads_api=solaris
+          LIBTHREAD=-lthread
+          LTLIBTHREAD=-lthread
+          LIBMULTITHREAD="$LIBTHREAD"
+          LTLIBMULTITHREAD="$LTLIBTHREAD"
+          AC_DEFINE([USE_SOLARIS_THREADS], 1,
+            [Define if the old Solaris multithreading library can be used.])
+          if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
+            AC_DEFINE([USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
+              [Define if references to the old Solaris multithreading library should be made weak.])
+            LIBTHREAD=
+            LTLIBTHREAD=
+          fi
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+    if test "$gl_use_threads" = pth; then
+      gl_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
+      AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(pth)
+      gl_have_pth=
+      gl_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
+      LIBS="$LIBS -lpth"
+      AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pth.h>], [pth_self();], gl_have_pth=yes)
+      LIBS="$gl_save_LIBS"
+      if test -n "$gl_have_pth"; then
+        gl_threads_api=pth
+        LIBTHREAD="$LIBPTH"
+        LTLIBTHREAD="$LTLIBPTH"
+        LIBMULTITHREAD="$LIBTHREAD"
+        LTLIBMULTITHREAD="$LTLIBTHREAD"
+        AC_DEFINE([USE_PTH_THREADS], 1,
+          [Define if the GNU Pth multithreading library can be used.])
+        if test -n "$LIBMULTITHREAD" || test -n "$LTLIBMULTITHREAD"; then
+          if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
+            AC_DEFINE([USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
+              [Define if references to the GNU Pth multithreading library should be made weak.])
+            LIBTHREAD=
+            LTLIBTHREAD=
+          fi
+        fi
+      else
+        CPPFLAGS="$gl_save_CPPFLAGS"
+      fi
+    fi
+    if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
+      if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = win32; then
+        if { case "$host_os" in
+               mingw*) true;;
+               *) false;;
+             esac
+           }; then
+          gl_threads_api=win32
+          AC_DEFINE([USE_WIN32_THREADS], 1,
+            [Define if the Win32 multithreading API can be used.])
+        fi
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for multithread API to use])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_threads_api])
+  AC_SUBST(LIBTHREAD)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBTHREAD)
+  AC_SUBST(LIBMULTITHREAD)
+  AC_SUBST(LTLIBMULTITHREAD)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY])
+  AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_BODY])
+  gl_PREREQ_LOCK
+])
+
+# Prerequisites of lib/lock.c.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_LOCK], [
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
+])
+
+dnl Survey of platforms:
+dnl
+dnl Platform          Available   Compiler    Supports   test-lock
+dnl                   flavours    option      weak       result
+dnl ---------------   ---------   ---------   --------   ---------
+dnl Linux 2.4/glibc   posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl GNU Hurd/glibc    posix
+dnl
+dnl FreeBSD 5.3       posix       -lc_r           Y
+dnl                   posix       -lkse ?         Y
+dnl                   posix       -lpthread ?     Y
+dnl                   posix       -lthr           Y
+dnl
+dnl FreeBSD 5.2       posix       -lc_r           Y
+dnl                   posix       -lkse           Y
+dnl                   posix       -lthr           Y
+dnl
+dnl FreeBSD 4.0,4.10  posix       -lc_r           Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl NetBSD 1.6        --
+dnl
+dnl OpenBSD 3.4       posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl MacOS X 10.[123]  posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl Solaris 7,8,9     posix       -lpthread       Y      Sol 7,8: 0.0; Sol 9: OK
+dnl                   solaris     -lthread        Y      Sol 7,8: 0.0; Sol 9: OK
+dnl
+dnl HP-UX 11          posix       -lpthread       N (cc) OK
+dnl                                               Y (gcc)
+dnl
+dnl IRIX 6.5          posix       -lpthread       Y      0.5
+dnl
+dnl AIX 4.3,5.1       posix       -lpthread       N      AIX 4: 0.5; AIX 5: OK
+dnl
+dnl OSF/1 4.0,5.1     posix       -pthread (cc)   N      OK
+dnl                               -lpthread (gcc) Y
+dnl
+dnl Cygwin            posix       -lpthread       Y      OK
+dnl
+dnl Any of the above  pth         -lpth                  0.0
+dnl
+dnl Mingw             win32                       N      OK
+dnl
+dnl BeOS 5            --
+dnl
+dnl The test-lock result shows what happens if in test-lock.c EXPLICIT_YIELD is
+dnl turned off:
+dnl   OK if all three tests terminate OK,
+dnl   0.5 if the first test terminates OK but the second one loops endlessly,
+dnl   0.0 if the first test already loops endlessly.

m4/longdouble.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# longdouble.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+dnl Test whether the compiler supports the 'long double' type.
+dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
+
+dnl This file is only needed in autoconf <= 2.59.  Newer versions of autoconf
+dnl have a macro AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE with identical semantics.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long double], gt_cv_c_long_double,
+    [if test "$GCC" = yes; then
+       gt_cv_c_long_double=yes
+     else
+       AC_TRY_COMPILE([
+         /* The Stardent Vistra knows sizeof(long double), but does not support it.  */
+         long double foo = 0.0;
+         /* On Ultrix 4.3 cc, long double is 4 and double is 8.  */
+         int array [2*(sizeof(long double) >= sizeof(double)) - 1];
+         ], ,
+         gt_cv_c_long_double=yes, gt_cv_c_long_double=no)
+     fi])
+  if test $gt_cv_c_long_double = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE, 1, [Define if you have the 'long double' type.])
+  fi
+])

m4/longlong.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# longlong.m4 serial 8
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if 'long long int' works.
+# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
+# assume 2.61 everywhere.
+
+# Note: If the type 'long long int' exists but is only 32 bits large
+# (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT will not be
+# defined. In this case you can treat 'long long int' like 'long int'.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long int], [ac_cv_type_long_long_int],
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+	  [[long long int ll = 9223372036854775807ll;
+	    long long int nll = -9223372036854775807LL;
+	    typedef int a[((-9223372036854775807LL < 0
+			    && 0 < 9223372036854775807ll)
+			   ? 1 : -1)];
+	    int i = 63;]],
+	  [[long long int llmax = 9223372036854775807ll;
+	    return ((ll << 63) | (ll >> 63) | (ll < i) | (ll > i)
+		    | (llmax / ll) | (llmax % ll));]])],
+       [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes],
+       [ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no])])
+  if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'.])
+  fi
+])
+
+# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  ac_cv_type_long_long=$ac_cv_type_long_long_int
+  if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'long long' type.])
+  fi
+])

m4/nls.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+# nls.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
+[
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
+  dnl Default is enabled NLS
+  AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
+    [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
+    USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
+  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
+  AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
+])

m4/po.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
+# po.m4 serial 13 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+dnl
+dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
+dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
+dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+dnl functionality.
+dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
+
+dnl Authors:
+dnl   Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
+dnl   Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
+
+AC_PREREQ(2.50)
+
+dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
+  AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
+
+  dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
+  dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
+
+  dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
+  dnl The first test excludes Solaris msgfmt and early GNU msgfmt versions.
+  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD msgfmt.
+  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
+    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
+     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+    :)
+  AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
+
+  dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15.
+changequote(,)dnl
+  case `$MSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) MSGFMT_015=: ;;
+    *) MSGFMT_015=$MSGFMT ;;
+  esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_SUBST([MSGFMT_015])
+changequote(,)dnl
+  case `$GMSGFMT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) GMSGFMT_015=: ;;
+    *) GMSGFMT_015=$GMSGFMT ;;
+  esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_SUBST([GMSGFMT_015])
+
+  dnl Search for GNU xgettext 0.12 or newer in the PATH.
+  dnl The first test excludes Solaris xgettext and early GNU xgettext versions.
+  dnl The second test excludes FreeBSD xgettext.
+  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
+    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
+     (if $ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header --copyright-holder= --msgid-bugs-address= /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
+    :)
+  dnl Remove leftover from FreeBSD xgettext call.
+  rm -f messages.po
+
+  dnl Test whether it is GNU xgettext >= 0.15.
+changequote(,)dnl
+  case `$XGETTEXT --version | sed 1q | sed -e 's,^[^0-9]*,,'` in
+    '' | 0.[0-9] | 0.[0-9].* | 0.1[0-4] | 0.1[0-4].*) XGETTEXT_015=: ;;
+    *) XGETTEXT_015=$XGETTEXT ;;
+  esac
+changequote([,])dnl
+  AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_015])
+
+  dnl Search for GNU msgmerge 0.11 or newer in the PATH.
+  AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGMERGE, msgmerge,
+    [$ac_dir/$ac_word --update -q /dev/null /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1], :)
+
+  dnl Installation directories.
+  dnl Autoconf >= 2.60 defines localedir. For older versions of autoconf, we
+  dnl have to define it here, so that it can be used in po/Makefile.
+  test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale'
+  AC_SUBST([localedir])
+
+  AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[
+    for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
+      # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
+      case "$ac_file" in
+        *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
+      esac
+      # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
+      case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
+        # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+        ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+        ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+        ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+        # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+        # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+        test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+        case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+          .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+          /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+          *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+        esac
+        # Treat a directory as a PO directory if and only if it has a
+        # POTFILES.in file. This allows packages to have multiple PO
+        # directories under different names or in different locations.
+        if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
+          rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
+          cat "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" | sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ 	]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," | sed -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
+          POMAKEFILEDEPS="POTFILES.in"
+          # ALL_LINGUAS, POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES depend
+          # on $ac_dir but don't depend on user-specified configuration
+          # parameters.
+          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+            # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+            if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+              test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+            fi
+            ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+            POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
+          else
+            # The set of available languages was given in configure.in.
+            # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+            eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS'
+          fi
+          # Compute POFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
+          # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
+          # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
+          # Compute GMOFILES
+          # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
+          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+            .) srcdirpre= ;;
+            *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+          esac
+          POFILES=
+          UPDATEPOFILES=
+          DUMMYPOFILES=
+          GMOFILES=
+          for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+            POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+            UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+            DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+            GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+          done
+          # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+          # environment variable.
+          INST_LINGUAS=
+          if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+            for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+              useit=no
+              if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+                desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+              else
+                desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+              fi
+              for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+                # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+                #   a. equal to presentlang, or
+                #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+                #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+                #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+                case "$desiredlang" in
+                  "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+                esac
+              done
+              if test $useit = yes; then
+                INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+              fi
+            done
+          fi
+          CATALOGS=
+          if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+            for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+              CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+            done
+          fi
+          test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
+          sed -e "/^POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" -e "/^# Makevars/r $ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/Makevars" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@POMAKEFILEDEPS@|$POMAKEFILEDEPS|g" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
+          for f in "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir"/Rules-*; do
+            if test -f "$f"; then
+              case "$f" in
+                *.orig | *.bak | *~) ;;
+                *) cat "$f" >> "$ac_dir/Makefile" ;;
+              esac
+            fi
+          done
+        fi
+        ;;
+      esac
+    done]],
+   [# Capture the value of obsolete ALL_LINGUAS because we need it to compute
+    # POFILES, UPDATEPOFILES, DUMMYPOFILES, GMOFILES, CATALOGS. But hide it
+    # from automake < 1.5.
+    eval 'OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS''="$ALL_LINGUAS"'
+    # Capture the value of LINGUAS because we need it to compute CATALOGS.
+    LINGUAS="${LINGUAS-%UNSET%}"
+   ])
+])
+
+dnl Postprocesses a Makefile in a directory containing PO files.
+AC_DEFUN([AM_POSTPROCESS_PO_MAKEFILE],
+[
+  # When this code is run, in config.status, two variables have already been
+  # set:
+  # - OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS is the value of LINGUAS set in configure.in,
+  # - LINGUAS is the value of the environment variable LINGUAS at configure
+  #   time.
+
+changequote(,)dnl
+  # Adjust a relative srcdir.
+  ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
+  ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
+  ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
+  # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
+  # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
+  test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+    .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
+    /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+    *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
+  esac
+
+  # Find a way to echo strings without interpreting backslash.
+  if test "X`(echo '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+    gt_echo='echo'
+  else
+    if test "X`(printf '%s\n' '\t') 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then
+      gt_echo='printf %s\n'
+    else
+      echo_func () {
+        cat <<EOT
+$*
+EOT
+      }
+      gt_echo='echo_func'
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  # A sed script that extracts the value of VARIABLE from a Makefile.
+  sed_x_variable='
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+x
+s/P/P/
+x
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. Look if we have the expected variable definition.
+/^[	 ]*VARIABLE[	 ]*=/{
+  # Seen the first line of the variable definition.
+  s/^[	 ]*VARIABLE[	 ]*=//
+  ba
+}
+bd
+:a
+# Here we are processing a line from the variable definition.
+# Remove comment, more precisely replace it with a space.
+s/#.*$/ /
+# See if the line ends in a backslash.
+tb
+:b
+s/\\$//
+# Print the line, without the trailing backslash.
+p
+tc
+# There was no trailing backslash. The end of the variable definition is
+# reached. Clear the hold space.
+s/^.*$//
+x
+bd
+:c
+# A trailing backslash means that the variable definition continues in the
+# next line. Put a nonempty string into the hold space to indicate this.
+s/^.*$/P/
+x
+:d
+'
+changequote([,])dnl
+
+  # Set POTFILES to the value of the Makefile variable POTFILES.
+  sed_x_POTFILES=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/POTFILES/g'`
+  POTFILES=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_POTFILES" < "$ac_file"`
+  # Compute POTFILES_DEPS as
+  #   $(foreach file, $(POTFILES), $(top_srcdir)/$(file))
+  POTFILES_DEPS=
+  for file in $POTFILES; do
+    POTFILES_DEPS="$POTFILES_DEPS "'$(top_srcdir)/'"$file"
+  done
+  POMAKEFILEDEPS=""
+
+  if test -n "$OBSOLETE_ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+    test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete" || echo "setting ALL_LINGUAS in configure.in is obsolete"
+  fi
+  if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"; then
+    # The LINGUAS file contains the set of available languages.
+    ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -e "/^#/d" -e "s/#.*//" "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/LINGUAS"`
+    POMAKEFILEDEPS="$POMAKEFILEDEPS LINGUAS"
+  else
+    # Set ALL_LINGUAS to the value of the Makefile variable LINGUAS.
+    sed_x_LINGUAS=`$gt_echo "$sed_x_variable" | sed -e '/^ *#/d' -e 's/VARIABLE/LINGUAS/g'`
+    ALL_LINGUAS_=`sed -n -e "$sed_x_LINGUAS" < "$ac_file"`
+  fi
+  # Hide the ALL_LINGUAS assigment from automake < 1.5.
+  eval 'ALL_LINGUAS''=$ALL_LINGUAS_'
+  # Compute POFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).po)
+  # Compute UPDATEPOFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).po-update)
+  # Compute DUMMYPOFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(lang).nop)
+  # Compute GMOFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).gmo)
+  # Compute PROPERTIESFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).properties)
+  # Compute CLASSFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(top_srcdir)/$(DOMAIN)_$(lang).class)
+  # Compute QMFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(lang).qm)
+  # Compute MSGFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang)).msg)
+  # Compute RESOURCESDLLFILES
+  # as      $(foreach lang, $(ALL_LINGUAS), $(srcdir)/$(frob $(lang))/$(DOMAIN).resources.dll)
+  case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
+    .) srcdirpre= ;;
+    *) srcdirpre='$(srcdir)/' ;;
+  esac
+  POFILES=
+  UPDATEPOFILES=
+  DUMMYPOFILES=
+  GMOFILES=
+  PROPERTIESFILES=
+  CLASSFILES=
+  QMFILES=
+  MSGFILES=
+  RESOURCESDLLFILES=
+  for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+    POFILES="$POFILES $srcdirpre$lang.po"
+    UPDATEPOFILES="$UPDATEPOFILES $lang.po-update"
+    DUMMYPOFILES="$DUMMYPOFILES $lang.nop"
+    GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $srcdirpre$lang.gmo"
+    PROPERTIESFILES="$PROPERTIESFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
+    CLASSFILES="$CLASSFILES \$(top_srcdir)/\$(DOMAIN)_$lang.class"
+    QMFILES="$QMFILES $srcdirpre$lang.qm"
+    frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+    MSGFILES="$MSGFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang.msg"
+    frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+    RESOURCESDLLFILES="$RESOURCESDLLFILES $srcdirpre$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
+  done
+  # CATALOGS depends on both $ac_dir and the user's LINGUAS
+  # environment variable.
+  INST_LINGUAS=
+  if test -n "$ALL_LINGUAS"; then
+    for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      useit=no
+      if test "%UNSET%" != "$LINGUAS"; then
+        desiredlanguages="$LINGUAS"
+      else
+        desiredlanguages="$ALL_LINGUAS"
+      fi
+      for desiredlang in $desiredlanguages; do
+        # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
+        #   a. equal to presentlang, or
+        #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
+        #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
+        #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
+        case "$desiredlang" in
+          "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
+        esac
+      done
+      if test $useit = yes; then
+        INST_LINGUAS="$INST_LINGUAS $presentlang"
+      fi
+    done
+  fi
+  CATALOGS=
+  JAVACATALOGS=
+  QTCATALOGS=
+  TCLCATALOGS=
+  CSHARPCATALOGS=
+  if test -n "$INST_LINGUAS"; then
+    for lang in $INST_LINGUAS; do
+      CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang.gmo"
+      JAVACATALOGS="$JAVACATALOGS \$(DOMAIN)_$lang.properties"
+      QTCATALOGS="$QTCATALOGS $lang.qm"
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+      TCLCATALOGS="$TCLCATALOGS $frobbedlang.msg"
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+      CSHARPCATALOGS="$CSHARPCATALOGS $frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll"
+    done
+  fi
+
+  sed -e "s|@POTFILES_DEPS@|$POTFILES_DEPS|g" -e "s|@POFILES@|$POFILES|g" -e "s|@UPDATEPOFILES@|$UPDATEPOFILES|g" -e "s|@DUMMYPOFILES@|$DUMMYPOFILES|g" -e "s|@GMOFILES@|$GMOFILES|g" -e "s|@PROPERTIESFILES@|$PROPERTIESFILES|g" -e "s|@CLASSFILES@|$CLASSFILES|g" -e "s|@QMFILES@|$QMFILES|g" -e "s|@MSGFILES@|$MSGFILES|g" -e "s|@RESOURCESDLLFILES@|$RESOURCESDLLFILES|g" -e "s|@CATALOGS@|$CATALOGS|g" -e "s|@JAVACATALOGS@|$JAVACATALOGS|g" -e "s|@QTCATALOGS@|$QTCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@TCLCATALOGS@|$TCLCATALOGS|g" -e "s|@CSHARPCATALOGS@|$CSHARPCATALOGS|g" -e 's,^#distdir:,distdir:,' < "$ac_file" > "$ac_file.tmp"
+  if grep -l '@TCLCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
+    # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/\..*$//' -e 'y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/'`
+      cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+$frobbedlang.msg: $lang.po
+	@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po"; \
+	\$(MSGFMT) -c --tcl -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
+EOF
+    done
+  fi
+  if grep -l '@CSHARPCATALOGS@' "$ac_file" > /dev/null; then
+    # Add dependencies that cannot be formulated as a simple suffix rule.
+    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
+      frobbedlang=`echo $lang | sed -e 's/_/-/g' -e 's/^sr-CS/sr-SP/' -e 's/@latin$/-Latn/' -e 's/@cyrillic$/-Cyrl/' -e 's/^sr-SP$/sr-SP-Latn/' -e 's/^uz-UZ$/uz-UZ-Latn/'`
+      cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+$frobbedlang/\$(DOMAIN).resources.dll: $lang.po
+	@echo "\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d \$(srcdir) -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r \$(DOMAIN)"; \
+	\$(MSGFMT) -c --csharp -d "\$(srcdir)" -l $lang $srcdirpre$lang.po -r "\$(DOMAIN)" || { rm -f "\$(srcdir)/$frobbedlang.msg"; exit 1; }
+EOF
+    done
+  fi
+  if test -n "$POMAKEFILEDEPS"; then
+    cat >> "$ac_file.tmp" <<EOF
+Makefile: $POMAKEFILEDEPS
+EOF
+  fi
+  mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
+])

m4/size_max.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+# size_max.m4 serial 5
+dnl Copyright (C) 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_SIZE_MAX],
+[
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h)
+  dnl First test whether the system already has SIZE_MAX.
+  AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIZE_MAX])
+  AC_CACHE_VAL([gl_cv_size_max], [
+    gl_cv_size_max=
+    AC_EGREP_CPP([Found it], [
+#include <limits.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef SIZE_MAX
+Found it
+#endif
+], gl_cv_size_max=yes)
+    if test -z "$gl_cv_size_max"; then
+      dnl Define it ourselves. Here we assume that the type 'size_t' is not wider
+      dnl than the type 'unsigned long'. Try hard to find a definition that can
+      dnl be used in a preprocessor #if, i.e. doesn't contain a cast.
+      _AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1], size_t_bits_minus_1,
+        [#include <stddef.h>
+#include <limits.h>], size_t_bits_minus_1=)
+      _AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) <= sizeof (unsigned int)], fits_in_uint,
+        [#include <stddef.h>], fits_in_uint=)
+      if test -n "$size_t_bits_minus_1" && test -n "$fits_in_uint"; then
+        if test $fits_in_uint = 1; then
+          dnl Even though SIZE_MAX fits in an unsigned int, it must be of type
+          dnl 'unsigned long' if the type 'size_t' is the same as 'unsigned long'.
+          AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
+            extern size_t foo;
+            extern unsigned long foo;
+            ], [], fits_in_uint=0)
+        fi
+        dnl We cannot use 'expr' to simplify this expression, because 'expr'
+        dnl works only with 'long' integers in the host environment, while we
+        dnl might be cross-compiling from a 32-bit platform to a 64-bit platform.
+        if test $fits_in_uint = 1; then
+          gl_cv_size_max="(((1U << $size_t_bits_minus_1) - 1) * 2 + 1)"
+        else
+          gl_cv_size_max="(((1UL << $size_t_bits_minus_1) - 1) * 2 + 1)"
+        fi
+      else
+        dnl Shouldn't happen, but who knows...
+        gl_cv_size_max='((size_t)~(size_t)0)'
+      fi
+    fi
+  ])
+  AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_cv_size_max])
+  if test "$gl_cv_size_max" != yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SIZE_MAX], [$gl_cv_size_max],
+      [Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define it.])
+  fi
+])

m4/stdint_h.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+# stdint_h.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
+# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], gl_cv_header_stdint_h,
+  [AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+    [#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdint.h>],
+    [uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1; return !i;],
+    gl_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
+    gl_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
+  if test $gl_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
+      [Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
+       and declares uintmax_t. ])
+  fi
+])

m4/ulonglong.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+# ulonglong.m4 serial 6
+dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Paul Eggert.
+
+# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT if 'unsigned long long int' works.
+# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
+# assume 2.61 everywhere.
+
+# Note: If the type 'unsigned long long int' exists but is only 32 bits
+# large (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
+# will not be defined. In this case you can treat 'unsigned long long int'
+# like 'unsigned long int'.
+
+AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT],
+[
+  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long int],
+    [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int],
+    [AC_LINK_IFELSE(
+       [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+	  [[unsigned long long int ull = 18446744073709551615ULL;
+	    typedef int a[(18446744073709551615ULL <= (unsigned long long int) -1
+			   ? 1 : -1)];
+	   int i = 63;]],
+	  [[unsigned long long int ullmax = 18446744073709551615ull;
+	    return (ull << 63 | ull >> 63 | ull << i | ull >> i
+		    | ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull);]])],
+       [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=yes],
+       [ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=no])])
+  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
+      [Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long int'.])
+  fi
+])
+
+# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
+  ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int
+  if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
+      [Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.])
+  fi
+])

m4/visibility.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+# visibility.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.15)
+dnl Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
+dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
+dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
+
+dnl From Bruno Haible.
+
+dnl Tests whether the compiler supports the command-line option
+dnl -fvisibility=hidden and the function and variable attributes
+dnl __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) and
+dnl __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))).
+dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("protected") - which has tricky
+dnl semantics (see the 'vismain' test in glibc) and does not exist e.g. on
+dnl MacOS X.
+dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("internal") - which has processor
+dnl dependent semantics.
+dnl Does *not* test for #pragma GCC visibility push(hidden) - which is
+dnl "really only recommended for legacy code".
+dnl Set the variable CFLAG_VISIBILITY.
+dnl Defines and sets the variable HAVE_VISIBILITY.
+
+AC_DEFUN([gl_VISIBILITY],
+[
+  AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
+  CFLAG_VISIBILITY=
+  HAVE_VISIBILITY=0
+  if test -n "$GCC"; then
+    AC_MSG_CHECKING([for simple visibility declarations])
+    AC_CACHE_VAL(gl_cv_cc_visibility, [
+      gl_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
+      CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fvisibility=hidden"
+      AC_TRY_COMPILE(
+        [extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) int hiddenvar;
+         extern __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) int exportedvar;
+         extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) int hiddenfunc (void);
+         extern __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) int exportedfunc (void);],
+        [],
+        gl_cv_cc_visibility=yes,
+        gl_cv_cc_visibility=no)
+      CFLAGS="$gl_save_CFLAGS"])
+    AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_cv_cc_visibility])
+    if test $gl_cv_cc_visibility = yes; then
+      CFLAG_VISIBILITY="-fvisibility=hidden"
+      HAVE_VISIBILITY=1
+    fi
+  fi
+  AC_SUBST([CFLAG_VISIBILITY])
+  AC_SUBST([HAVE_VISIBILITY])
+  AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_VISIBILITY], [$HAVE_VISIBILITY],
+    [Define to 1 or 0, depending whether the compiler supports simple visibility declarations.])
+])

po/Makefile.in.in

@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+# Makefile for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+# Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+#
+# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
+# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
+# functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
+# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
+#
+# Origin: gettext-0.16
+
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
+
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+@SET_MAKE@
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+
+prefix = @prefix@
+exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
+datarootdir = @datarootdir@
+datadir = @datadir@
+localedir = @localedir@
+gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/po
+
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
+
+# We use $(mkdir_p).
+# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
+# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
+# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
+# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
+# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
+# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
+mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
+install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
+
+GMSGFMT_ = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_no = @GMSGFMT@
+GMSGFMT_yes = @GMSGFMT_015@
+GMSGFMT = $(GMSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+MSGFMT_ = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_no = @MSGFMT@
+MSGFMT_yes = @MSGFMT_015@
+MSGFMT = $(MSGFMT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+XGETTEXT_ = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_no = @XGETTEXT@
+XGETTEXT_yes = @XGETTEXT_015@
+XGETTEXT = $(XGETTEXT_$(USE_MSGCTXT))
+MSGMERGE = msgmerge
+MSGMERGE_UPDATE = @MSGMERGE@ --update
+MSGINIT = msginit
+MSGCONV = msgconv
+MSGFILTER = msgfilter
+
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+UPDATEPOFILES = @UPDATEPOFILES@
+DUMMYPOFILES = @DUMMYPOFILES@
+DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in.in remove-potcdate.sin \
+$(DISTFILES.common.extra1) $(DISTFILES.common.extra2) $(DISTFILES.common.extra3)
+DISTFILES = $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars POTFILES.in \
+$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) \
+$(DISTFILES.extra1) $(DISTFILES.extra2) $(DISTFILES.extra3)
+
+POTFILES = \
+
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+
+# Makevars gets inserted here. (Don't remove this line!)
+
+.SUFFIXES:
+.SUFFIXES: .po .gmo .mo .sed .sin .nop .po-create .po-update
+
+.po.mo:
+	@echo "$(MSGFMT) -c -o $@ $<"; \
+	$(MSGFMT) -c -o t-$@ $< && mv t-$@ $@
+
+.po.gmo:
+	@lang=`echo $* | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`; \
+	test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+	echo "$${cdcmd}rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o $${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po"; \
+	cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $${lang}.gmo && $(GMSGFMT) -c --statistics -o t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.po && mv t-$${lang}.gmo $${lang}.gmo
+
+.sin.sed:
+	sed -e '/^#/d' $< > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+
+all: all-@USE_NLS@
+
+all-yes: stamp-po
+all-no:
+
+# $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is only created when needed. When xgettext finds no
+# internationalized messages, no $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot is created (because
+# we don't want to bother translators with empty POT files). We assume that
+# LINGUAS is empty in this case, i.e. $(POFILES) and $(GMOFILES) are empty.
+# In this case, stamp-po is a nop (i.e. a phony target).
+
+# stamp-po is a timestamp denoting the last time at which the CATALOGS have
+# been loosely updated. Its purpose is that when a developer or translator
+# checks out the package via CVS, and the $(DOMAIN).pot file is not in CVS,
+# "make" will update the $(DOMAIN).pot and the $(CATALOGS), but subsequent
+# invocations of "make" will do nothing. This timestamp would not be necessary
+# if updating the $(CATALOGS) would always touch them; however, the rule for
+# $(POFILES) has been designed to not touch files that don't need to be
+# changed.
+stamp-po: $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+	test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || \
+	  test -z "$(GMOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(GMOFILES)
+	@test ! -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot || { \
+	  echo "touch stamp-po" && \
+	  echo timestamp > stamp-poT && \
+	  mv stamp-poT stamp-po; \
+	}
+
+# Note: Target 'all' must not depend on target '$(DOMAIN).pot-update',
+# otherwise packages like GCC can not be built if only parts of the source
+# have been downloaded.
+
+# This target rebuilds $(DOMAIN).pot; it is an expensive operation.
+# Note that $(DOMAIN).pot is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+$(DOMAIN).pot-update: $(POTFILES) $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in remove-potcdate.sed
+	if test -n '$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)' || test '$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)' = '@'PACKAGE_BUGREPORT'@'; then \
+	  msgid_bugs_address='$(MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS)'; \
+	else \
+	  msgid_bugs_address='$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)'; \
+	fi; \
+	$(XGETTEXT) --default-domain=$(DOMAIN) --directory=$(top_srcdir) \
+	  --add-comments=TRANSLATORS: $(XGETTEXT_OPTIONS) \
+	  --files-from=$(srcdir)/POTFILES.in \
+	  --copyright-holder='$(COPYRIGHT_HOLDER)' \
+	  --msgid-bugs-address="$$msgid_bugs_address"
+	test ! -f $(DOMAIN).po || { \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+	    sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot > $(DOMAIN).1po && \
+	    sed -f remove-potcdate.sed < $(DOMAIN).po > $(DOMAIN).2po && \
+	    if cmp $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	      rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(DOMAIN).po; \
+	    else \
+	      rm -f $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot && \
+	      mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+	    fi; \
+	  else \
+	    mv $(DOMAIN).po $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; \
+	  fi; \
+	}
+
+# This rule has no dependencies: we don't need to update $(DOMAIN).pot at
+# every "make" invocation, only create it when it is missing.
+# Only "make $(DOMAIN).pot-update" or "make dist" will force an update.
+$(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot:
+	$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+
+# This target rebuilds a PO file if $(DOMAIN).pot has changed.
+# Note that a PO file is not touched if it doesn't need to be changed.
+$(POFILES): $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot
+	@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's,.*/,,' -e 's/\.po$$//'`; \
+	if test -f "$(srcdir)/$${lang}.po"; then \
+	  test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+	  echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot"; \
+	  cd $(srcdir) && $(MSGMERGE_UPDATE) $${lang}.po $(DOMAIN).pot; \
+	else \
+	  $(MAKE) $${lang}.po-create; \
+	fi
+
+
+install: install-exec install-data
+install-exec:
+install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	  for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
+			    $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	  for file in Makevars; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+install-data-no: all
+install-data-yes: all
+	$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+	@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+	  dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+	  if test -r $$cat; then realcat=$$cat; else realcat=$(srcdir)/$$cat; fi; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $$realcat $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+	  echo "installing $$realcat as $(DESTDIR)$$dir/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+	  for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+	    if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+	      if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+	        link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+	        mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+	        mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+	        (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+	         for file in *; do \
+	           if test -f $$file; then \
+	             ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+	           fi; \
+	         done); \
+	        rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+	      else \
+	        if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+	          :; \
+	        else \
+	          rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+	          mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+	        fi; \
+	      fi; \
+	      rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+	      ln -s ../LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+	      ln $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo 2>/dev/null || \
+	      cp -p $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(DOMAIN).mo $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+	      echo "installing $$realcat link as $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo"; \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+install-strip: install
+
+installdirs: installdirs-exec installdirs-data
+installdirs-exec:
+installdirs-data: installdirs-data-@USE_NLS@
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+installdirs-data-no:
+installdirs-data-yes:
+	$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)
+	@catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+	  dir=$(localedir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES; \
+	  $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$$dir; \
+	  for lc in '' $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+	    if test -n "$$lc"; then \
+	      if (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc 2>/dev/null) | grep ' -> ' >/dev/null; then \
+	        link=`cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang && LC_ALL=C ls -l -d $$lc | sed -e 's/^.* -> //'`; \
+	        mv $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+	        mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+	        (cd $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old && \
+	         for file in *; do \
+	           if test -f $$file; then \
+	             ln -s ../$$link/$$file $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$$file; \
+	           fi; \
+	         done); \
+	        rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc.old; \
+	      else \
+	        if test -d $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; then \
+	          :; \
+	        else \
+	          rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+	          mkdir $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc; \
+	        fi; \
+	      fi; \
+	    fi; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
+installcheck:
+
+uninstall: uninstall-exec uninstall-data
+uninstall-exec:
+uninstall-data: uninstall-data-@USE_NLS@
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  for file in $(DISTFILES.common) Makevars.template; do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else \
+	  : ; \
+	fi
+uninstall-data-no:
+uninstall-data-yes:
+	catalogs='$(CATALOGS)'; \
+	for cat in $$catalogs; do \
+	  cat=`basename $$cat`; \
+	  lang=`echo $$cat | sed -e 's/\.gmo$$//'`; \
+	  for lc in LC_MESSAGES $(EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES); do \
+	    rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/$$lang/$$lc/$(DOMAIN).mo; \
+	  done; \
+	done
+
+check: all
+
+info dvi ps pdf html tags TAGS ctags CTAGS ID:
+
+mostlyclean:
+	rm -f remove-potcdate.sed
+	rm -f stamp-poT
+	rm -f core core.* $(DOMAIN).po $(DOMAIN).1po $(DOMAIN).2po *.new.po
+	rm -fr *.o
+
+clean: mostlyclean
+
+distclean: clean
+	rm -f Makefile Makefile.in POTFILES *.mo
+
+maintainer-clean: distclean
+	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
+	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	rm -f stamp-po $(GMOFILES)
+
+distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
+dist distdir:
+	$(MAKE) update-po
+	@$(MAKE) dist2
+# This is a separate target because 'update-po' must be executed before.
+dist2: stamp-po $(DISTFILES)
+	dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
+	  dists="$$dists Makevars.template"; \
+	fi; \
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/$(DOMAIN).pot; then \
+	  dists="$$dists $(DOMAIN).pot stamp-po"; \
+	fi; \
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog; then \
+	  dists="$$dists ChangeLog"; \
+	fi; \
+	for i in 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9; do \
+	  if test -f $(srcdir)/ChangeLog.$$i; then \
+	    dists="$$dists ChangeLog.$$i"; \
+	  fi; \
+	done; \
+	if test -f $(srcdir)/LINGUAS; then dists="$$dists LINGUAS"; fi; \
+	for file in $$dists; do \
+	  if test -f $$file; then \
+	    cp -p $$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
+	done
+
+update-po: Makefile
+	$(MAKE) $(DOMAIN).pot-update
+	test -z "$(UPDATEPOFILES)" || $(MAKE) $(UPDATEPOFILES)
+	$(MAKE) update-gmo
+
+# General rule for creating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-create:
+	@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-create$$//'`; \
+	echo "File $$lang.po does not exist. If you are a translator, you can create it through 'msginit'." 1>&2; \
+	exit 1
+
+# General rule for updating PO files.
+
+.nop.po-update:
+	@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update$$//'`; \
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; fi; \
+	tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+	echo "$$lang:"; \
+	test "$(srcdir)" = . && cdcmd="" || cdcmd="cd $(srcdir) && "; \
+	echo "$${cdcmd}$(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$lang.new.po"; \
+	cd $(srcdir); \
+	if $(MSGMERGE) $$lang.po $(DOMAIN).pot -o $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+	  if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+	  else \
+	    if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+	      :; \
+	    else \
+	      echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+	      exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  echo "msgmerge for $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+	  rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+	fi
+
+$(DUMMYPOFILES):
+
+update-gmo: Makefile $(GMOFILES)
+	@:
+
+Makefile: Makefile.in.in Makevars $(top_builddir)/config.status @POMAKEFILEDEPS@
+	cd $(top_builddir) \
+	  && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@.in po-directories
+
+force:
+
+# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
+# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
+.NOEXPORT:

po/Makevars.template

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# Makefile variables for PO directory in any package using GNU gettext.
+
+# Usually the message domain is the same as the package name.
+DOMAIN = $(PACKAGE)
+
+# These two variables depend on the location of this directory.
+subdir = po
+top_builddir = ..
+
+# These options get passed to xgettext.
+XGETTEXT_OPTIONS = --keyword=_ --keyword=N_
+
+# This is the copyright holder that gets inserted into the header of the
+# $(DOMAIN).pot file.  Set this to the copyright holder of the surrounding
+# package.  (Note that the msgstr strings, extracted from the package's
+# sources, belong to the copyright holder of the package.)  Translators are
+# expected to transfer the copyright for their translations to this person
+# or entity, or to disclaim their copyright.  The empty string stands for
+# the public domain; in this case the translators are expected to disclaim
+# their copyright.
+COPYRIGHT_HOLDER = Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This is the email address or URL to which the translators shall report
+# bugs in the untranslated strings:
+# - Strings which are not entire sentences, see the maintainer guidelines
+#   in the GNU gettext documentation, section 'Preparing Strings'.
+# - Strings which use unclear terms or require additional context to be
+#   understood.
+# - Strings which make invalid assumptions about notation of date, time or
+#   money.
+# - Pluralisation problems.
+# - Incorrect English spelling.
+# - Incorrect formatting.
+# It can be your email address, or a mailing list address where translators
+# can write to without being subscribed, or the URL of a web page through
+# which the translators can contact you.
+MSGID_BUGS_ADDRESS =
+
+# This is the list of locale categories, beyond LC_MESSAGES, for which the
+# message catalogs shall be used.  It is usually empty.
+EXTRA_LOCALE_CATEGORIES =

po/Rules-quot

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+# Special Makefile rules for English message catalogs with quotation marks.
+
+DISTFILES.common.extra1 = quot.sed boldquot.sed en@quot.header en@boldquot.header insert-header.sin Rules-quot
+
+.SUFFIXES: .insert-header .po-update-en
+
+en@quot.po-create:
+	$(MAKE) en@quot.po-update
+en@boldquot.po-create:
+	$(MAKE) en@boldquot.po-update
+
+en@quot.po-update: en@quot.po-update-en
+en@boldquot.po-update: en@boldquot.po-update-en
+
+.insert-header.po-update-en:
+	@lang=`echo $@ | sed -e 's/\.po-update-en$$//'`; \
+	if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext"; then PATH=`pwd`/../src:$$PATH; GETTEXTLIBDIR=`cd $(top_srcdir)/src && pwd`; export GETTEXTLIBDIR; fi; \
+	tmpdir=`pwd`; \
+	echo "$$lang:"; \
+	ll=`echo $$lang | sed -e 's/@.*//'`; \
+	LC_ALL=C; export LC_ALL; \
+	cd $(srcdir); \
+	if $(MSGINIT) -i $(DOMAIN).pot --no-translator -l $$ll -o - 2>/dev/null | sed -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.insert-header | $(MSGCONV) -t UTF-8 | $(MSGFILTER) sed -f `echo $$lang | sed -e 's/.*@//'`.sed 2>/dev/null > $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; then \
+	  if cmp $$lang.po $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	    rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+	  else \
+	    if mv -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po $$lang.po; then \
+	      :; \
+	    else \
+	      echo "creation of $$lang.po failed: cannot move $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po to $$lang.po" 1>&2; \
+	      exit 1; \
+	    fi; \
+	  fi; \
+	else \
+	  echo "creation of $$lang.po failed!" 1>&2; \
+	  rm -f $$tmpdir/$$lang.new.po; \
+	fi
+
+en@quot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@quot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@quot.insert-header
+
+en@boldquot.insert-header: insert-header.sin
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/HEADER/en@boldquot.header/g' $(srcdir)/insert-header.sin > en@boldquot.insert-header
+
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-quot
+mostlyclean-quot:
+	rm -f *.insert-header

po/boldquot.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g
+s/“/“/g
+s/”/”/g
+s/‘/‘/g
+s/’/’/g

po/en@boldquot.header

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#
+# This catalog furthermore displays the text between the quotation marks in
+# bold face, assuming the VT100/XTerm escape sequences.
+#

po/en@quot.header

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# All this catalog "translates" are quotation characters.
+# The msgids must be ASCII and therefore cannot contain real quotation
+# characters, only substitutes like grave accent (0x60), apostrophe (0x27)
+# and double quote (0x22). These substitutes look strange; see
+# http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/~mgk25/ucs/quotes.html
+#
+# This catalog translates grave accent (0x60) and apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019).
+# It also translates pairs of apostrophe (0x27) to
+# left single quotation mark (U+2018) and right single quotation mark (U+2019)
+# and pairs of quotation mark (0x22) to
+# left double quotation mark (U+201C) and right double quotation mark (U+201D).
+#
+# When output to an UTF-8 terminal, the quotation characters appear perfectly.
+# When output to an ISO-8859-1 terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes (by iconv in glibc 2.2 or newer) or to
+# grave/acute accent (by libiconv), and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+# When output to an ASCII terminal, the single quotation marks are
+# transliterated to apostrophes, and the double quotation marks are
+# transliterated to 0x22.
+#

po/insert-header.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Sed script that inserts the file called HEADER before the header entry.
+#
+# At each occurrence of a line starting with "msgid ", we execute the following
+# commands. At the first occurrence, insert the file. At the following
+# occurrences, do nothing. The distinction between the first and the following
+# occurrences is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^msgid /{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/m/m/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Read the file.
+r HEADER
+# Output the file's contents by reading the next line. But don't lose the
+# current line while doing this.
+g
+N
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}

po/quot.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+s/"\([^"]*\)"/“\1”/g
+s/`\([^`']*\)'/‘\1’/g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)' / ‘\1’ /g
+s/ '\([^`']*\)'$/ ‘\1’/g
+s/^'\([^`']*\)' /‘\1’ /g
+s/“”/""/g

po/remove-potcdate.sin

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# Sed script that remove the POT-Creation-Date line in the header entry
+# from a POT file.
+#
+# The distinction between the first and the following occurrences of the
+# pattern is achieved by looking at the hold space.
+/^"POT-Creation-Date: .*"$/{
+x
+# Test if the hold space is empty.
+s/P/P/
+ta
+# Yes it was empty. First occurrence. Remove the line.
+g
+d
+bb
+:a
+# The hold space was nonempty. Following occurrences. Do nothing.
+x
+:b
+}